Witte Br Ahn

int AM 1 aifaitntal
sl {ese

i

‘ ie
He ms

iF
4 ia aD
Hi ae Dare rie
iN a a i

OTOL
eal iced ae
CaM
x f se
SH

i sin
9

Pata Sha
i a Hy ane
, ash 5
Panes ad i
ee it COG ath hy Ly
* y th tie
iat ase “1 it eh ane

Perils i ne

i Wale
(

th
oe

air

HY

ALS

As i rh
- mart

Wbereilntca iis

ean
a ae A
i :

aS

i

ryan nh
a ae i

en

2 ie :

Se teraain te
es at Oi

ie ite
te i ie i

i

ae a ii a *
: . - :

an

ve

iaritate
K ok f
uk

Ae ut YY

ee

UH Aired
a it \ fs 4) Ae i ie
woh ie i

iy

enh Fagin nate
HOt te Uticaett ieee
on lee

nae ie
ively

=
=

SS SES

ae 222s)

sant

=
ims =
ore

Bo aie
Fide

2S

i NG i

SSS =

; a
i

iiss

=| is Wwe i \ad lead N

Nol

vi omsererwenns

Wit itiIiw@wmvimivcyss JAIGING
\ : h\ =}, \S Fj | Fj AAS ic SF, |) Sj 4\ A uN h . \ Wi
i
HOA

eS { ui —=a 7 1 Vee? | Dew |) GS
eg oF = iw hs iy 1 AY
Ki" | GUVs = Ld A NS Sy
\* a ay zi i u ih le A=

N

Oe

WNW)
IA Ned |S

NANG GIN IAAI
Whe J) je S/d ed |\

CUR yy

\

hdd: Wwe WW)

seer

! 4 | 1 2 |
| if \~ is Maa | ee |
| |) Lk AA Nea | ed eof |

Aad Neel ol] We} SF} Ye) I} Wim"
IS, i = es ISAS 4 I/F S|
Leg) ed Neel et
Cw ;
J
}

| neni hhh deh ly
Maaoceeeeseeeetudle

fa
|

Tax)

ARAAAAAAA
A a

AR

i

|

AAA AAA

ls a

la
AAARA

AA

Ce

an
a

bas
me

AAR

Ann
A!
2

CCELE

A

AINE f
AAAAA
A

na
AAA

AAA

[\ ES
AAS

\/ y \ }
CW,
AAaa\

aa
A
AAA

aca
AARAA
ARAAAAAAAARARA AANA

WAYNAVAAAY VA\/ { : G
JAAIAAAARAAIAAAI-AY
) WA rww vv f }
a
x

LWA
PAY VY

AA

AR
.

Ana

|
lala
lala)

In|

|

|

| FN Val
2 AARA

ANAA

-\

=\\/ f
BANA /

/ | lf ! { /
Par i
\ \/ / | FPS A \\ 22. \ 2 i
VN NI y j PAY /

f

|

I

Vy \\ aa | -
| ds - \| 1]
J \ al aR |
1 i ' y , I [ ~ .\f / = yoy
lV a\ Ven AR Ps | Z lanl ala).
Vw ‘am tm fas ' fame — | a
} | | : WAN AS |
! y \ i f 3 \p\ INA Al ~
i y Vem 4 i i} | | a). NNN VWWARARIA
f i | ! | a |, Raa. \A\..¥\A
ieaalt i J y os PA \A
r Lim / lf = i \r\V
: j y ? | ; VW Sy Haat
Foy Wy 1) 1 | Rae
; tee | as | i WoW
. la
7
i . y V4
| }

Vs \Y

fam
AAA AAAAAAAINAAAAAAAR

i

ge
a

pais,

5406 ry

PROCEEDINGS /

OF THE

Biological Society of Washington

VOLUME, 39
1O26

WASHINGTON
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

on
*,.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS

CHAS. W. RICHMOND; Chairman
T. E. SNYDER F. C. LINCOLN
G. S. MILLER, JR. J. H. RILEY

PUBLICATION NOTE

By a change in the By-Laws of the Biological Society of Washington,
effective March 27, 1926, the fiscal year now begins in May, and the offi-
cers will henceforth hold office from May to May. This, however, will
make no change in the volumes of the Proceedings, which will continue
to coincide with the calendar year. In order to furnish desired informa-
tion, the title page of the current volume and the list of newly elected
officers and committees will hereafter be published soon after the annual
election in May.

PRESS OF
H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc.
WasHINeToN, D. C.

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL
OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
(FOR 1926-1927)

(ELECTED MAY 8, 1926)

OFFICERS

President
H. C. OBERHOLSER

Vice-Presidents

C. E. CHAMBLISS H. H. T. JACKSON
E. A. GOLDMAN A. WETMORE
Recording Secretary
Ss. F. BLAKE

Corresponding Secretary
T. KE. SNYDER

Treasurer
F. C. LINCOLN

COUNCIL
V. BAILEY* FRANK H. KNOWLTON*
PAUL BARTSCH* F. A. LUCAS*
FREDERICK V. COVILLE* WILLIAM R. MAXON
WILLIAM H. DALL* C. HART MERRIAM*
A. A. DOOLITTLE BE. W. NELSON*
B. W. EVERMANN* T. S. PALMER*
H. C. FULLER S. A. ROHWER*
J. W. GIDLEY* J. N. ROSE*
Wi, 125 JEUASC H. M. SMITH*
A. S. HITCHCOCK* L. STEJNEGER*
A. D. HOPKINS* C. W. STILES
L. O. HOWARD* B. H. SWALES

DAVID WHITE*

STANDING COMMITTEES—1926-1927

Committee on Communications
W. R. Maxon, Chairman
V. BAILEY 5. A. RonwEer
Committee on Zoological Nomenclature
G. 8. Mitumr, Jr., Chairman

A. C. BAKER Paut BartscH E. A. CHAPIN
H. C. OBERHOLSER

Committee on Publications

Cuas. W. Ricumonp, Chairman
J. H. Ritey G.
F.

S. Mituer, Jr.
T. E. SNYDER

WD.
C. LincoLn
Trustees of Permanent Funds

T. S. Patmer, Chairman
A. 8. Hircucock H. C. OBERHOLSER

*Hx-Presidents of the Society.

(iii)

EX-PRESIDENTS
OF THE
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

*THEODORE N. GiLu, 1881, 1882
*CHARLES A. WHITE, 1883, 1884
*G. Brown Goope, 1885, 1886
Wiuu1aM H. Datu, 1887, 1888
*LesTerR F. Warp, 1889, 1890
C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892
*C. V. Ritey, 1893, 1894

*Gro. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896
L. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898
FREDERICK V. CoviLuE, 1899, 1900
F. A. Lucas, 1901, 1902

B. W. Evermann, 1903, 1904
F. H. Knowtton, 1905, 1906
L. StesJNEGER, 1907, 1908

T. S. Paummr, 1909, 1910
Davip Waits, 1911

HE. W. Netson, 1912, 1913
Pau Bartscu, 1914, 1915

W. P. Hay, 1916, 1917

J. N. Ross, 1918

Hucu M. Smit, 1919

A. D. Hopxtins, 1920

*N. Hoxuister, 1921

VERNON BatLEy, 1922

A. 8. Hitcucock, 1923

J. W. Gipiey, 1924

S. A. Rouwer, 1925

* Deceased.

(iv)

TABLE OF CONTENTS >

Officers and Committees for 1926-1927... lll
Proceedings for 1926... LOSER URDU UE Sear MORON LE Vii-xi
Races or Sub-species in Reticulitermes, by Thos. E. Snyder. 1-6
Two New Species of Chelogynus (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae)

from New York State, by J. Chester Bradley 7-8
Two New American Chilopods, by Ralph V. Chamberlin... 9-10
Notes on the Type Locality of Pentstemon micranthus Nuttall,

(eye NAV Mba cara 8 Ee 0) 6h eS CN Pa aL ta eae 11-14
Notes on the Behavior of Cotinis nitida L. and its Bird Enemies,

| oni Bened S Ohi OH avy ge) ao be) cbr gaan IRL) ACES SI AAO A SC 15-18
The Common Box-Turtle, a natural Host for Chiggers, by H. E.

AFA ue go 8 Ue Neer BRI AN UN A a A tL 19-20
A List of the Publications of Albert Kenrick Fisher, by T. S.

IPMme nana Wiey tae Ate seri ess a wel iil ee 21-28
A New Race of Citellus tereticaudus from Lower California, by

ESTE TN CE BINT een Ue ere ene Ce LASS Cafe LS se 0 29-30
Description of a New Oriolus from the Nicobar Islands, by

parry Cu@hernelser:s2 0 ciel ey Wulong a ds leita iy aI 31-32
Notes on American Anthocoridae with Descriptions of New

Forms, by Carl J. Drake and Halbert M. Harris._..__......_..._... 33-46
The Collared Peccaries of Middle America, by E. A. Goldman... 47-50
A New Stylosanthes from British Honduras, by 8. F. Blake........ 51-52
Two New Tailless Amphibians from Western China, by Leon-

MATAR SCC]ME GET ee viet ON Unt nay ai CU MBAR NL aN AV V EA 53-54
A New Genus and Species of Ground Warbler from the Province

obezeckwany China by: Ee Riley.c 22 is ewe) 1a se ae 55-56
A New Species of Liocichla from the Mountains of Szechwan,

China, oye Je) Bes WRalery 2 ask Pl) es WOE A NE ae 57-58
A New Margarites from Greenland, by William Healey Dall... 59-60
A New Pecten from Colombia, by William Healey Dall... 61-62
New Shells from Japan and the Loochoo Islands, by William

15 (ee ei 2 Ye RSPR Ec LAMA ae LC Oi ee ea 63-66

The Description of a New Subspecies of Perognathus from Lower
California with a short Discussion of the Taxonomic Position of
other Peninsular Members of this Genus, by Laurence M.

JS EVEN eek DOC Ss MeO OU ae el CLAS BUN CE a UNE 67-70
An Introduced Beetle related to the Tomato Weevil, by F. H.

COU GVH Fe) 010 C2) ES AAS MAP SB SUS a aa EI 71-74
International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature._....................-.-.-.-- 75-104

Two New Birds from Mexico, by E. W. Nelson.........-.--_-.-.--..-.-- 105-108
| (v)

vi Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Two New Pigeons from Salvador, by Donald R. Dickey and A. J.

Ween EOS Se Tis 10S UE Re i i
Two New Species of Aphididae from Minnesota, by F. C. Hottes
Two New Genera and a New Species of Aphididae, by F. C.

A New Perognathus from the Vicinity of Mount Pinos, Kern

County, California, by Laurence M. Huey___..._.-.----
Studies of Neotropical Ophidia. III. On Helminthophis flavo-

terminatus (Peters, 1857), by Afranio do Amaral
A New Kangaroo Mouse from Nevada, by E. A. Goldman._........
On some Coccinellidae of the Tribe Telsimiini, with Descriptions

of New Species, by Edward A. Chapin _2. 2 eeeeeee ee
A New Species of Gymnanthes from Texas, by Paul C. Standley
Three New Mammals from China, by A. Brazier Howell...
General Notes ss ae ore =

Some Notes on the Birds of the Washington, D. C., Region, by
Frederick C. Lincoln, 141; Note on Myiothera loricata S.
Miller, by Charles W. Richmond, 141; Lifting Power of the
Mallard, by Frederick C. Lincoln, 142; On the Name
Phalacrocorax vigua, by Charles W. Richmond, 142; Nasuti-
termes (N.) benjamini, a New Name for Eutermes insularis
Sjéstd., by Thos. E. Snyder, 143; Termes (Odontotermes)
praevalens, a New Name for O. robustus John, by Oscar
John, 143; A New Name for Felis (Catopuma) melli Matschie,
and Note on the Nomenclature of Felis pardus centralis
Lénnberg, by A. Brazier Howell, 143; New Names for Five
American Asteraceae, by S. F. Blake, 144; Two Genera of

Asteraceae New to the United States, by S. F. Blake, 145; -

Lennoa caerulea in Colombia, by S. F. Blake, 146. ?

The Committee on Publications declares that each paper of this
volume was distributed on the date indicated on its initial page.
The Index and minutes of proceedings for 1926 (pp. vii—xi; 147-
149) were issued on March 5, 1927. The title page and lists
of officers and committees for 1926-1927 (pp. i-iv) were issued
on July 30, 1926.

PLATES
I. Facing p. 72. Listroderes apicalis (fig. 1), Listroderes ob-
liquus (fig. 2).
II. Facing p. 118. Antennae, wings, etc., of Aphididae.

109-110
111-114

115-120

121-122

123-126
127-128

129-134
135-136
137-140
141-146

Vol. 39, pp. vii-xi
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

PROCEEDINGS.

The Society meets from October to May, on alternate Sat-
urdays, at 8 p. mM. All meetings during 1926 were held in the
new lecture hall of the Cosmos Club, except the joint meeting
of April 10, which was held at the National Museum.

January 16, 1926—686th Meeting.!

President Oberholser in the chair; 103 persons present.

The President announced the membership of the following
committees: Committee on Publications, C. W. Richmond,
Chairman, J. H. Riley, G. S. Miller, Jr.; Committee on Com-
munications, W. R. Maxon, Chairman, S. A. Rohwer, V.
Bailey.

Formal communications: O. J. Murie, on the trail of the big
brown bear in Alaska; C. E. Chambliss, An unused southern
wild food plant; J. W. Gidley, Fossil man associated with the
mammoth in Florida; new evidence of the antiquity of man in
America.

January 30, 1926—687th Meeting.2

President Oberholser in the chair, 106 persons present.

New members elected: W. H. Ball, H. L. Stoddard.

Informal communication: T.S. Palmer, Announcement of the
Sixth International Ornithological Congress.

Formal communications: H. W. Brandt, A naturalist in Alaska;
A. S. Hitchcock, The grasses of Alaska, their distribution and
relationship.

1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 309-310, June 4, 1926.
2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol 16., p. 311-312, June 4, 1926.

(vii)

viii Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

February 13, 1926—688th Meeting.1

President Oberholser in the chair; 63 persons present.

New member elected: F. A. Varrelman.

Informal communications: A. Wetmore, Occurrence of the
long-eared owl near Washington; A. S. Hitchcock, The life of
Aimé Bonpland.

Formal communications: C. W. Stiles and M. B. Orleman,
An attempt to untangle man and the higher apes; E. R. Kalm-
bach, Blackbirds vs. rice in Louisiana.

February 27, 1926—689th Meeting.?

President Oberholser in the chair; 53 persons present.

New members elected: 8. T. Danforth, F. C. Hottes, P. H.
Oehser.

Formal communications: C. W. Gilmore, Remarks on fossil
tracks from the Grand Canyon; W. L. Schmitt, Collecting
invertebrates in South America.

March 13, 1926—690th Meeting.?

President Oberholser in the chair; 68 persons present.

New member elected: J. P. Holman.

Informal communications: T. 8. Palmer, Note on the death
of the wintering Brazilian cardinal; P. Bartsch, Mockingbird
eating suet.

Formal communications: J. C. Phillips, Introducing foreign
and American birds into new localities; P. Bartsch, Some ex-
periences with the birds of the Dry Tortugas.

March 27, 1926—691st Meeting.‘

President Oberholser in the chair; 80 persons present.

New members elected: Mrs. May C. Williams Settle, Col. R.
Meinertzhagen.

Changes were adopted in Art. II, Par. 1; Art. III, Par. 1;
Art. IV, Par. 6; and Art. V of the By-laws.

Informal communication: T. S. Palmer, Spring appearance
of the box turtle.

1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 312-313, June 4, 1926.
2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 3138-315, June 4, 1926.

- 8Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 342-344, June 19, 1926.
4Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 428-430, September 19, 1926.

Proceedings. ix

Formal communications: E. P. Walker, The wild life of Alaska
and its protection; E. T. Wherry, Exploring for wild flowers
in the Gulf States.

April 10, 1926—692d Meeting.!

Joint meeting with Audubon Society of the District of
Columbia.

President T. S. Palmer (Audubon Society) in the chair; 200
persons present.

Formal communications: A. O. Gross, The threatened ex-
tinction of the heath hen on Martha’s Vineyard; A. O. Gross,
The jungle life of Panama.

April 24, 1926—693d Meeting.?

President Oberholser in the chair; 61 persons present.

New members elected: J. O. Maloney, S. P. Baldwin (life
member).

Informal communications: C. W. Townsend, An ornithological
trip through the Southern States; A. Wetmore, The egg of
California Condor laid at the Zoological Park.

Formal commumcations: 8. P. Baldwin, Intensive study of
the life history of birds; S. P. Baldwin, Life history of the house
wren.

May 8, 1926—694th Meeting.?
47th Annual Meeting.

President Oberholser in the chair; 20 persons present.

The annual reports of the Recording Secretary, Correspond-
ing Secretary, Treasurer, and Committee on Publications were
presented.

New members elected: F. R. Hagner, T. Gilbert Pearson.

The following officers and members of the council were
elected: President, H. C. Oberholser; Vice-Presidents, E. A.
Goldman, A. Wetmore, C. E. Chambliss, H. H. T. Jackson;
Recording Secretary, S. F. Blake; Corresponding Secretary, T. E.
Snyder; Treasurer, F. C. Lincoln; Members of Council, H. C.
Fuller, W. R. Maxon, C. W. Stiles, A. A. Doolittle, B. H.
Swales.

1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 480, September 19, 1926.
2 Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 455-456, October 4, 1926.
3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 16, p. 456, October 4, 1926.

x Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

October 23, 1926—695th Meeting.

President Oberholser in the chair; 180 persons present.

Informal communications: A. Wetmore, The 44th meeting of
the American Ornithologists’ Union, at Ottawa; C. W. Stiles,
Typification of the genus Sarcoptes; D. Fairchild, Account of a
trip through the Old World tropics; H. C. Oberholser, Curious
behavior of an English sparrow.

Formal communication: B. W. Evermann, Seals and sea
lions of California and Mexico.

November 6, 1926—696th Meeting.?

President Oberholser in the chair; 227 persons present.

New members elected: J. C. Bloeker, Jr., Mrs. E. 8. Cobb,
H. H. Knight, Mary E. McLellan, Harold St. John.

Formal communications: C. R. Aschemeier, A talk on gorillas;
Ben Burbridge, The gorilla hunt (motion picture).

November 20, 1926—697th Meeting.®

President Oberholser in the chair; 84 persons present.

New member elected: H. 8. Bernton.

Informal communcations: T. 8. Palmer, The “‘ Pare Nacional
Albert”’; L. O. Howard, Control of the Opuntia pest in Aus-
tralia by mealybugs.

Formal communications: B. W. Evermann, Conservation of
the fisheries of the Pacific; G. F. Mitchell, The story of tea.

December 4, 1926—698th Meeting.‘

Vice-President Chambliss in the chair; 109 persons present.

New member elected: D. D. Streeter.

Formal communications: H. D. Fish, A canoe trip through
British Guiana; G. C. Leach, Trout propagation by the Bureau
of Fisheries.

December 18, 1926—699th Meeting.®

President Oberholser in the chair; 67 persons present.
Informal communications: A. Wetmore, Two birds new to

1Abstract to appear in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.
2Abstract to appear in Journ Washington Acad. Sci.
3Abstract to appear in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.
4Abstract to appear in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.
5 Abstract to appear in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.

Proceedings. xl

Maryland; T. S. Palmer, Occurrence of the snowy owl near
Washington, D. C.; E. A. Goldman, The snowy owl in the
State of Washington.

Formal communications: D. 8. Johnson, The Blue Mountains
of Jamaica and their vegetation; F. C. Lincoln, The migration
of young herring gulls.

‘ H x ei 4 , i
ay Rt Ri at fg |

Vol. 39, pp. 1-6 February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON -

RACES OR SUB-SPECIES IN RETICULITERMES.
By THOS. E. SNYDER.

Races or sub-species of the termites Reticulitermes lucifugus
Rossi and flavipes Kollar have recently been discovered in France
by Dr. J. Feytaud (1924) and in the United States by N. Banks
and T. E. Snyder; they are not merely variants but have com-
posite characters. While these two termites occur in both
Europe and the United States, flavipes has a wider distribution
in North America than in Europe, whereas lucifugus has a broad
dispersal throughout Mediterranean Europe and North Africa,
but in the United States occurs only near Boston, Mass. It
is quite probable that lucifugus is native to Mediterranean
Europe, from where (Italy) it was described in 1792 and was
introduced to the United States in the vicinity of the Arnold
Arboretum. The original habitat of flavipes, however, is not
definitely known; it was described at a later date than was
lucifugus, namely, in 1837, from the Imperial hothouses at
Schonbrunn near Vienna, Austria.

Dr. Feytaud kindly sent specimens of the variant occurring
in France to Mr. Banks for comparison with flavipes; Feytaud
notes in 1924 the differences between the typical lucifugus and
_ this variant, presumably the termite, which under the name of
lucifugus, caused great damage, between 1840 and 1850, in the
villages of the Charente-Inférieure.

To further summarize briefly the morphological differences,
the sub-species now occurring in the Départment of Charente-
Inférieure, France, has a lighter colored head than the typical
lucifugus (as has flavipes). The wings are less smoky, with
costal area lighter colored, the tibiae are lighter colored and
the ocellus is separated from the eye by a distance equal to the
long diameter of an ocellus (not quite as far as in flavipes),

1—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 39, 1926. (1)

2 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

whereas in lucifugus this distance is less than the diameter of an
ocellus. In length this variant is shorter than is lucifugus, as
is flavipes; the length of the forewing is greater than in either
flavipes or in the variant in the United States from Arkansas;
the forewing is not as broad as in lucifugus. In the typical
flavipes, the forewing is shorter and narrower than in the typical
lucifugus.

The sub-species, occurring in Arkansas, U.8. A., has the wings
more cloudy than in flavipes, with costal area darker, the ocellus
is separated from the eyes by a distance less than the diameter
of an ocellus. The length of this variant is less than that of
lucifugus but is slightly greater than that of flavipes; the width
of the forewing is slightly greater than in flavipes.

Both lucifugus and flavipes are common and destructive ter-
mites; their ravages rank them insects of considerable economic
importance. Unfortunately their life history or biology is but
imperfectly known. Detailed, thorough investigations by many
more students are needed. Fundamental principles of great
importance and broad application are involved in the biology
of these termites. Possibly evidence will be obtained as to the
evolution of species.

The presence of races of these species of Reticulitermes renders
it necessary to discover the original home of flavipes. As early
as 1896 Dr. E. A. Schwarz of this Bureau stated that he believed
that a study of the inquilines or guests of a termite occurring
in both Europe and the United States might reveal to which
country it was native. Introduced insects, as a rule, do not
carry their normal parasites or inquilines with them into the
country in which they become established. Such a cooperative
study of inquilines between European and American entomolo-
gists should be made.

Certain fungus parasites attack both lucifugus and flavipes;
these fungi—species of Termitaria—described in 1920 by Dr.
Roland Thaxter of Harvard University, may aid in establishing
native habitats.

Furthermore, parasitic intestinal protozoa occur in both ter-
mites. Dr. M. M. Metcalf of the Johns Hopkins University
believes that a study of the protozoa from living termites might
prove helpful in studies of geographical distribution, habitat
and relationships. Already important investigations of these

Snyder—Races or Sub-species in Reticulitermes. 3

living protozoa have been made by Dr. L. R. Cleveland of the
Johns Hopkins University, Prof. 8. F. Light of the University
of California and Dr. Harold Kirby, Jr., of Yale University.
Study of the protozoa of the races and experiments on the trans-
fer of protozoa from one species to another should yield results.

More profound studies of the biology of lucifugus and flavipes
may reveal that there is a crossbreeding between species—two
in Europe and eight species of Reticulitermes in the United
States—leading to the production of hybrids. Or interbreeding
between the different types of reproductive forms within the
species might produce variation in the progeny. Such inter-
breeding is not rare in nature.

A summary of our knowledge of the species of Reticulitermes
now becomes necessary as a preliminary to further discussion.

Reticulitermes is considered by N. Holmgren to be a subgenus of the genus
Leucotermes, which was established by Silvestriin 1901, with the species tenuis
Hagen as genotype; this species was described in 1858, type locality Brazil.
Fourteen species of Lewcotermes Holmgren (sens. strict.) are included, the
winged adults of which are light colored, with the wings only slightly retic-
ulated but strongly hairy, ocellinot always present, pubescence dense, and are
night flying. The soldiers have the mandibles more slender, elongate and
straighter than in species of Reticulitermes. Species of Leucotermes have a
more southern distribution — namely, 1 Nearctic, 6 Neotropical, 4 Oriental
and 4 Australian species.

1858. Leucotermes tenuis Hagen. Antilles, Central and South America.
1896. Leucotermes ferox Froggatt. Australia.

1896? Leucotermes platycephalus Froggatt. Australia.

1898. Leucotermes tenuior Haviland. Borneo (Sarawak).

1900. Leucotermes ceylonicus Holmgren. Ceylon.

1902. Leucotermes indicola Wasmann. India (Bombay).

1902. Leucotermes insularis Wasmann. Cocos Island.

1915. Leucotermes validus Hill. Australia (Northern Territory).

1920. Leucotermes aureus Snyder. Arizona, U.S.

1921. Leucotermes philippinensis Light. Philippines.

1922. Leucotermes clarki Hill. W. Australia.

1924. Leucotermes cardini Snyder. Antilles.

1924. Leucotermes convexinotatus Snyder. Antilles and Central America.
1924. Leucotermes longiceps Snyder. Brazil.

1925. Leucotermes crinitus Emerson. British Guiana.

Species of Leucotermes occurring as fossils are meadii Scudder from
Miocene shale, Florissant, Colorado, United States, and hartungi Heer from -
upper Miocene, Oeningen, Baden, Germany.

As a subgenus of Leucotermes, Holmgren in 1913 established Reticuli-
termes. ‘‘Termes’’ flavipes, described by Kollar in 1837, is the genotype;

4 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

type locality the Imperial greenhouses at Schénbrunn near Vienna, Austria.
Fourteen species have been described; the winged adults are dark colored,
with wings strongly reticulate but with few hairs, ocelli always present,
pubescence not dense, and are day flying. The soldiers have the mandibles
S-shaped and shorter than in species of Leucotermes. Species of Reticuli-
termes are of a relatively northern distribution; there are 2 Palearctic, 8-10
Nearctic (including 2 Palearctic species) and 4 Oriental (temperate) species,
namely,

1792. Reticulitermes lucifugus Rossi. Mediterranean Europa, North Africa
and United States.

1837. Reticulitermes flavipes Kollar. Europe, Eastern United States and
Mexico.

1885. Reticulitermes speratus Kolbe. Japan. :

1907. Reticulitermes virginicus Banks. Southeastern United States.

1912. Reticulitermes flaviceps Oshima. Japan (Formosa).

1920. Reticulitermes claripennis Banks. Texas, Kansas, Arizona (U. 8S.)
and Mexico.

1920. Reticulitermes hagenit Banks. Southeastern United States.

1920. Reticulitermes hesperus Banks. Pacific Coast, United States.

1920. Reticulitermes hoferi Banks. Arizona (U. S.).

1920. Reticulitermes humilis Banks. Arizona (U. 8.).

1920. Reticulitermes tibialis Banks. Western United States..

1920. Reticulitermes tumiceps Banks. Arizona and Utah (U.S.).

1923. Reticulitermes chinensis Snyder. Suifu, Szechwan, China.

1924. Reticulitermes fukiensis Light. Fuchow, Fukien, China.

In Baltic Sea amber occur Reticulitermes antiquus Germar, borusicus
Von Rosen and robustus Von Rosen; this deposit being either upper Eocene
or lower Oligocene in geological age.

To summarize, there are 29 living species of Leucotermes Silvestri (sens.
lat.), 15 being in Leuwcotermes Holmgren (sens. strict.) and 14 in Reticuli-
termes Holmgren; in addition there are 2 fossil species of Leucotermes and 3
fossil Reticulitermes. These termites are distributed throughout the world
as follows:

Leucotermes Holmgren (sens. strict.).

Palearctic Nearctic Neotropical Oriental Australian

Living 0 1 6 4 4

Fossil... 1 1 (0 0 0
Total........ 1 2 6 4. 4 17

Reticulitermes Holmgren.

Living..._....... 2 8 0 4 0

Fossil..........-. 3 0 0 0 0
Ahotalawews 5 8 0 4 0 17
Grand total 6 10 6 8 4 34

Snyder—Races or Sub-species in Reticulitermes. 5

While these data indicate that the subgenus Reticulitermes is widely dis-
tributed and ancient, the largest number of living species occur in North
America and hence North America is at present the center of distribution.
However, in Europe 3 fossil species occur as early as the Oligocene, whereas
no fossil species that can be placed in Reticulitermes have been found in the
United States.

In this connection Feytaud’s discovery that under the name R. luci-
fugus Rossi two distinct species or at least two distinct races exist in France
is extremely interesting. One of these races is close to flavipes morpho-
logically and the other the typical lucifugus of Italy.

Then later, an Italian entomologist, C. Jucci, in 1925 states that he
believes that there are in addition marked differences in the biology of
these two races. The flavipes type is able to attack living trees and new
colonies being formed by winged swarming adults; the other, the true
lucifugus, lives only in dead wood and forming new colonies by non-winged
reproductive adults, as in Italy. In the United States two morphologi-
cally distinct races of flavipes occur, one occurring in Illinois and Arkansas
being morphologically similar to the European lucifugus and the other the
typical flavipes. However, as yet, no biological differences have been
discovered between these two races of flavipes in the United States; the
typical flavipes infests both living and dead trees. This apparent lack of
biological difference may merely be due to incomplete knowledge.

Again in Texas, there has been found, outside of the normal range of
R. hageni Banks, a morphological variety of hageni that may prove to
be a sub-species. At present there are insufficient specimens to enable
definite conclusions to be drawn.

CONCLUSIONS.

It may eventually be proven that new species of Reticulitermes are
being evolved, i. e., there are now nascent species. Certain species are
very close morphologically and races or sub-species exist with composite
characters; close species may be merely variations! Or termites being
plastic, there is a tendency toward a mean, and in reality there are no
sub-species. Here is an excellent opportunity for cooperation between
entomologists of Europe and America to establish (1) the original habitat
of flavipes, whether from Mexico, the United States or Europe; (2) whether
there is cross-breeding between species and the consequent production of
hybrids; (3) whether interbreeding between the different reproductive types
within the species—which occurs in nature, but which we (Snyder, 1920,
1925) have not been able to promote artificially in glass breeding cages—
may result in progeny differing from the normal. Dr. L. R. Cleveland
in 1924 succeeded in obtaining eggs from the crossing of macropterous
female and brachypterous male adults but was not able to rear these, due,
it is believed, only to unfavorable conditions in the cages. Methods of
collecting, rearing and breeding termites are discussed in another paper.
It is hoped that others will become interested in this important problem
in the genetics of termites and the biology and evolution of the termite
castes.

6

1920.

1918.

1924.

1925.

1896.

1920.

1925.

1920.

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

LITERATURE CITED.

Banks, N. and Snyder, T. E. Revision of Nearctic Termites. Bull.
108, U. S. National Museum, April 13, pp. 1-228 (List of inqui-
lines of termites in the United States).

Dobson, R. J. A European termite Reticulitermes lucifugus Rossi
in the vicinity of Boston. Psyche, Vol. 25, no. 5, October.
Feytaud, J. Le Termite de Saintonge. C. R. Acad. des Scis. Seance

7, Jan., pp. 241-244.

Jucci, Carlo. Il problema dei reali veri del Reticulitermes lucifugus.
Boll. della Soc. Ent. Ital. anno. LVII, n. 7, Lugio 31, Genova.
Schwarz, E. A. Termitidae observed in southwestern Texas in 1895.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 4, no. 1, Nov. 5, pp. 38-42. (No

inquilines found with F. lucifugus in Europe.)

Snyder, T. E. The Colonizing Reproductive Adults of Termites.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, no. 6, June, pp. 109-150.

Snyder, T. E. The Origin of the Castes in Termites. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash., Vol. 38, May 26, pp. 57-68.

Thaxter, R. Second Note on Certain Peculiar Fungus—Parasites
of Living Insects. The Botanical Gazette, Vol. LXIX, no. 1,
pp. 1-27, January.

Vol. 39, pp. 7-8 February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS rer

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON .

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CHELOGYNUS (HY MENOP-
TERA: DRYINIDAE) FROM NEW YORK STATE.

BY J. CHESTER BRADLEY.

In order that these two apparently undescribed species of
Chelogynus may be included in the forthcoming New York
State List of Insects, I here describe them.

Chelogynus vivariensis, n. sp.

Female.—Black and shining except the antennae, mouthparts, mandibles.
and legs. Mandibles, except brown teeth, mouthparts, legs including
coxae but excluding the smoky brown apical two-thirds of the hind tibiae,
and the basal two and a half antennal segments, pale translucent testaceous,
the basal internal segments however a little more yellowish and opaque.
Remainder of the antennae yellowish brown shading apically into dark
brown.

Head from a lateral view more porrect and elongate than in C. xanthotho-
rax, its dorsal surface more continuous in plane with that of the thorax, ter-
minating behind in a strong, somewhat reflexed carina; head dull and
densely chagreened, a fine groove extending from between antennae to the
front ocellus. Antennae entirely filliform, the segments more slender than
in C. zanthothorax, the second segment about two-thirds as long as the
third, which in turn is about equal to the fourth.

Pronotum as long as the mesonotum, transversely finely aciculate, and
with some rather large, shallow punctures. Mesonotum, and also the
scutellum, smooth, shining and inpunctate; parapsidal grooves weakly
impressed, terminating before reaching the scutellum. Mesosternum and
sternal aspect of mesopleura closely punctate, the postero-lateral aspect
of the latter with an impunctate area. Dorsal surface of propodeum
coarsely rugose, not areolate, its posterior face more finely, transversely
rugulose, with a distinct elongate central areola, set off by fine carinae.

Wings uniformly and entirely hyaline. The first segment of the anterior
tarsi but little shorter than the fourth; process of the second with a few
long bristles; the middle chela arm (5th segment) is armed with a row of
lamina, as is also its apical process.

Abdomen polished and shining; last sternite compressed.

Length, 3 mm.

2—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (7)

NP

8 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Described from one female from McLean Bogs Biological Reservation,
26 July, 1925, collected by Mr. S. Robinson. Holotype—Cornell Uni-
versity, No. 732.1.

This species seems to be most closely allied to C. melanacrias Perkins,
as far as the description of the latter indicates. Melanacrias is however an
Arizona species, and has the second segment of the antenna about equal
in length to the third or fourth, whereas in vivariensis it is much shorter.

Chelogynus xanthothorax, n. sp.

Black, the mandibles except teeth, palpi, first two and third (except
apex) segments of the antennae, legs entirely and abdomen, yellowish
testaceous; the abdomen becoming gradually infuscated toward the apex.
Covered with a short and sparse pale pubescence.

Head from a lateral view rounded and not porrect, its dorsal surface
less in a continuous plane with the dorsum than in the case of C. vivari-
ensis, the eyes prominent. Head polished and shining with very few punc-
tures above, but rather closely punctate near the antennae. Antennae
thickened toward the apex, the apical segments, therefore stout, the second
segment but little shorter than the fourth, which is about two thirds as long
as the third. Vertex separated from the occiput by a strong carina.

Pronotum rather longer than the mesonotum, smooth and polished but
with a few scattered punctures. Mesonotum and scutellum impunctate
(except for a few inconspicuous punctures around the edges) polished and
shining; parapsidal furrows weakly impressed, but only anteriorly. Meso-
pleura somewhat rugose on their lateral prominences but with a smooth
area behind, and anteriorly shallowly punctate, as is the sternum. Pro-
podeum rugose, more weakly so on the posterior face, which as in C. vivari-
ensis has an elongate medial transversely rugulose area, set off by fine
carinae.

Wings hyaline except for a pale brownish area in the region of the stigma.
Chela as described for C. vivariensis. Abdomen polished and shining,
impunctate, the last ventral segment strongly compressed and prominent.

Length, about 3 mm., but slightly smaller than the preceding. Described
from a female (holotype) taken by H. E. Guerlac and the author while
sweeping vegetation near Taughannock Falls, N. Y., during the past sum-
mer and a female paratype taken by Dr. P. P. Babiy along the shore of
Keuka Lake at Penn Yann, 12 July, 1925. Dr. Babiy found his specimen
in a beetle collecting apparatus which he had stocked with wrack from along
the shore of the lake.

Types.—Holotype, Cornell Univ. No. 731.1; paratype, female Cornell
Univ. No. 731.2.

Vol. 39, pp. 9-10 ' February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON-

TWO NEW AMERICAN, CHILOPODS,. ....<-"

By Rauen V. CHAMBERLIN.

In the course of the routine identification of two lots of myri-
opods, one received from the Federal Horticultural Board and
one from Mr. James Zetek, two interesting new genera of chilo-
pods were noted. These are described below.

Famity LiTHOBIIDAE.
Enarthrobius, gen. nov.

Antennae long, the articles not fixed in number, above twenty-five.

Ocelli present, seriate.

Prosternal teeth 2+-2, the special spine hair-like, ectal in position.

Posterior angles of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates
produced.

Coxal pores circular, uniseriate.

Tarsi of anterior legs divided.

Ventral spines of anal legs 0, 1, 3, 2, 0; dorsal spines, 1, 0, 3, 1, 0; the claw
single.

Claw of female gonopods tripartite; the basal spines 2++-2.

Fourth joint of anal legs of male with a lobe above at the distal end.
Genotype.—E. bullifer, sp. nov.

This genus differs from Sonibius in not having the articles of the antennae
fixed in number at twenty, in having the fourth joint of the anal legs of
male provided with a special lobe, and in other minor features,

Enarthrobius bullifer, Sp. nov.

Dorsum brown or light chestnut. Legs and antennae brown, lighter
distally.

Antennae moderately long, consisting in the type of twenty-six (right)
and twenty-seven (left) articles.

Presternal teeth 2+-2, the mesal one on each side larger than the ectal one.

Posterior dorsal plates roughened, becoming smoother anteriorly.
Caudal corners of the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth dorsal plates strongly
produced caudad.

Ventral spines of first legs 0, 0, 1, 3, 1. Ventral spines of penult legs

8—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (9)

10 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

0, 1, 3, 3, 1; dorsal 1, 0, 3, 1, 1; claws 2. Ventral spines of anal legs 0, 1, 3,
2, 0; dorsal, 1, 0, 3, 1, 0; claw single. None of the coxae laterally armed.

Coxal pores small; in number, 4, 5, 5, 3.

The lobe on the fourth joint of the anal legs of male is at extreme caudal
end above; it is small, leans caudad of dorsad and is distally truncate.

A partly grown female accompanying the male type has the three lobes
of the genital forceps acute and the basal spines 2+-2, slender and acuminate.

Length, 18 mm.

Locality.—South Carolina: Charleston. One male (holotype, M. C. Z.
2233) and a young female taken in a heap of rubbish in a garage by J. T.
Rogers.

Famity SCHENDYLIDAE.

Schendylurus Silvestri.
Schendylotyn, subgen. nov.

Differing from Schendylurus sens. str. (African) and Ploutoschendylurus
(American) in having the dental plate of the mandibles entire, not divided
into blocks or segments.

Type.—Schendylurus (Schendylotyn) integer, sp. nov.

Schendylurus (Schendylotyn) integer, sp. nov.

General color, pale yellow.

Head widest behind middle, narrowed and rounded forward, frontal
suture not evident.

Antennae short, cylindrical, the first joint thicker; subcontiguous at base.

Basal plate wide. Prehensors failing much of attaining anterior margin
of head; claws slender and weak; all joints unarmed; prosternum without
chitinous lines.

Arc of labrum wide, bearing about twelve true teeth in addition to a few
serrations on each lateral portion.

Dental plate of mandible undivided, bearing typically six teeth.

Ventral pores present in a subcircular or elliptical area in front of caudal
margin of plates; a few present on first plate and on others to the penult
inclusive.

Last dorsal plate broad.

Last ventral plate wide, sides converging caudad. Glands of last coxae
two on each side; homogeneous, opening under edge of ventral plate.

Pairs of legs, forty-nine.

Length, 12 mm.

Locality.—Canal Zone: Barro Colorado Id. One male (M. C. Z. 2253)
taken in nest of termite Anoplotermes gracilis Snyder by J. Zetek, 30 Oct.,
1924.

Vol., 39, pp. 11-14 February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

NOTES ON THE TYPE LOCALITY OF PENTSTEMON
MICRANTHUS NUTTALL.

BY WILLIAM A. DAYTON.

There has been some disagreement among botanists as to
the specific status of Pentstemon micranthus Nutt., many hold-
ing it to be a synonym of P. procerus Douglas. Mr. Ivar
Tidestrom of the Bureau of Plant Industry, who is consulting
expert of the Forest Service in matters of plant identification,
is rather inclined to the opinion that Pentstemon micranthus
is a valid species. Certainly, at least, the sheets in the Wash-
ington office herbarium of National Forest range plant specimens
which Mr. Tidestrom has referred to Pentstemon micranthus
show the smallest flowers of all the material there of this large
genus; the name micranthus is, at least, well chosen.

In his ‘“‘Scrophulariaceae of the Central Rocky Mountain States’’!
Dr. Pennell has the following note (p. 365) on Pentstemon micranthus:?

“Penstemon micranthus Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7:45. 1834. ‘Hab.
In the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, near the sources of the Columbia
(N. B. Wyeth).’ Type, collected by Wyeth, July 11, in Fremont County,
Idaho, or in Lincoln County, Wyoming, seen in herbarium of Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.”’

Recently Dr. Pennell very kindly presented the writer with a photo-
graph of the type specimen of Pentstemon micranthus and this, at the sug-
gestion of Mr. Tidestrom, has been mounted on a U. S. Museum sheet
and deposited in the U. 8. National Herbarium. I have had a ‘Plants
of Wyoming” label prepared for this mount and this appears to call for
some explanation.

1Pennell, Francis W., Vol. 20, Part 9, Contributions from the U. S. National Her-

barium, 1920.
2Remanded to synonymy under 7p. procerus, op. cit. supra.

4—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (11)

12 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Pentstemon micranthus! was described by Nuttall in a paper? “read
February 18, 1834,’ before the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences
and, in his prefatory paragraph, the author pays tribute to the collector’s
assiduity and skill, although “this was the first essay of the kind ever
made by Mr. W(yeth),” and adds that all the plants referred to in the
paper were gathered ‘‘on the returning route of Mr. W. from the Falls of
the Columbia to * * * the Missouri.”

The type specimen of Pentstemon micranthus, as Dr. Pennell (loc. cit.)
indicates, was collected by Wyeth ‘July 11,” the year not stated. But,
from Nuttall’s comments in his paper (loc. cit.), the year of collection
was obviously 1833.

On his return (eastbound) trip in 1833 Wyeth records in his Journal+
that, on July 9th, ‘‘We entered Pierre’s Hole’ and camped on the N. W.
side of it.”’ The following day, July 10th, he ‘“‘moved 12 miles 8. E.,
crossing a difficult swamp and camped about 2 miles from the battle ground
of last year with the Gros Ventres.’”® On July 11th he records that he
“Started early and made 3 miles E. S. HE. to the foot of the mountains,
then 8 miles E. 8. E. to the summit, then 6 miles E. to Lewis Fork and
1 mile E. across it at the same place we crossed last year. * * * The
river is here much choked up with islands and heaps of drift wood and a

1Originally published (p. 45, op. cit. infra) as Pentstemon micranthum.

2Nuttall, T., ““A Catalogue of a Collection of Plants made chiefly in the Valleys of
the Rocky Mountains or Northern Andes, towards the sources of the Columbia River,
by Mr. Nathaniel B. Wyeth.’ Journ. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. VII, pt. 1, 1834. N. B.—The
“B.” in Wyeth’s name is obviously a typographical error.

‘

3Incidentally it is highly probable that the man “who,” as Bancroft says, ‘‘more
directly than any other man marked the way for the ox-teams which were * * * to
bring * * * Americanized civilization * * * across the roadless continent,”
Wyeth himself, was in the audience. Nuttall was his personal friend and we know, from
his correspondence, that Wyeth was in Philadelphia on this date.

4“ The Correspondence and Journals of Captain Nathaniel J. Wyeth, 1831-6.” Oreg.
Univ. Dept. Econ. and Hist., Oreg. Hist. Soc. Contr., “Sources of the History of Oregon,’’
Vol. 1, Pts. 3-6, 1899. Edited by F. G. Young, Sec. Oreg. Hist. Soc.

5The U. S. Geological Survey reports that “ Pierre’s Hole’’ is what is now called the
Teton Basin, Teton County, eastern Idaho, contiguous to the western Wyoming boundary.

6Captain Wyeth indicates this in his map of his “First Expedition” as taking place
south of the “Trois Tetons.’”’ In his Journal, the entry for July 4, 1832, he somewhat
cryptically describes his celebration as follows: ‘““Decamped and at noon crossed the
divide and drank to my friends with mingled feelings from the waters of the Columbia
mixed with alcohol and eat of a Buffaloe cow. * * * Three of my menare sick.” On
July 5th they go 20 miles along a wooded river. At 2 o’clock, July 6th, they stop on
Lewis River (Snake River), ‘‘within 20 miles of the Trois Tetons,” the river here running
“nearly S. and * * * divided over a bottom about 2 miles and into 8 streams very
rapid and difficult.’’ This very well describes the course and condition of the Snake River
as it skirts ‘Jackson Hole”’ to the west, in the elk country, near the present borders of the
Teton National Forest. On July 7th they apparently go through Teton Pass, on the
8th they reach “the plain” and, after a 10-mile march, ‘‘ the rendezvous” (shown on Wyeth’s
map) of trappers and Indians, a very considerable encampment. Wyeth stayed here nine
days, when all but eleven of his men deserted him. On July 17th the Captain and his
men go southeast towards a pass through the mountains and the next day occurred the
battle with the Indians. The fighting evidently took place near and along the present
Idaho-Wyoming border.

Dayton—T ype Locality of Pentstemon Micranthus. 13

great quantity of mud * * * Lewis Fork here runs S. E. about 9
miles then turns 8S.”

It is patent that, on July 9, 1833, Wyeth was eastward bound, and
entered the Teton Basin practically at the present Idaho-Wyoming bound-
ary, and that on July 11th, the day he collected the type of Pentstemon
micranthus, he started practically from the western foot of the Teton
Range, which is well within the Wyoming line, and went up the broad,
polynesian stretches of the South Fork of the Snake River as it traverses
Jackson Hole. A close study of the accompanying map, with Wyeth’s
diary statements and the rough map he made of his expedition, makes it
a virtual certainty that Pentstemon micranthus, a distinctly high-montane
species, is typically a Wyoming plant.

YELLOW STON

pone Ea

Vol. 39, pp. 15-18 February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON —

NOTES ON THE BEHAVIOR OF COTINIS NITIDA L.
AND ITS BIRD ENEMIES.

By F. H. CHITTENDEN.

Some studies of the behavior of Cotinis nitida L., known in
economic literature as the green June beetle, and two of its
bird enemies were conducted during the summer and fall of
1922 and later at Washington, D. C. Beetles deposited their
eges where they were attracted by loose, heavily manured soil.
The larvae grew apace and toward the middle of August were
from about two-thirds to three-fourths grown. After a heavy
rainfall on September 2, large numbers of them crawled to the
surface and became distributed to other portions of the yard
in which they were breeding, not only in that which had been
manured but in hard, compact soil as well. A similar occur-
rence was observed in later years. In the compact soil it was
noticed that the larvae frequently came to the surface to
extrude excrementitious matter and earth, and by September
13 larvae not only came up from this hard earth but left tracks
on it, showing that they had taken short trips of 2 or 3 inches
in length overnight and apparently returned into the same
holes, a habit which seems unusual for a larva. It was notice-
able that the grubs more frequently came out from the soil
where there were small tufts of grass, as in these locations the
earth is comparatively soft.

During October, 1922, there were several cool spells and some
warm days, when a few larvae were captured by means of a
small tin can, like the ‘‘cup”’ used by golfers, inserted into and
level with the ground. These captures showed that the larvae
were rapidly attaining full growth after the first days of October
in spite of sudden atmospheric changes. The larvae at this
time always opened the orifices to their tunnels at night, and

5—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (15)

16 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

only on two occasions were they observed to crawl about on
the surface, the evidence consisting of the short trails which
they left in so doing.

During the last week of April, 1923, on two occasions after
storms, a pair of starlings was observed devouring Cotinis larvae
from the openings of their burrows. The starlings, which pre-
viously had been quite shy, were apparently gorged with the
feast and could be approached closely. It appears quite pos-
sible that starlings might learn to follow the plow for white
grubs in the same manner as do blackbirds.

On February 24, 1925, a starling was heard at work about
daybreak where Cotinis larvae had hibernated. The ground
had been damp for several days and the temperature was about
56° F. at the time of the first observation. A little later this
starling was joined by a second and together they thrust their
beaks into the larval exit holes and destroyed many specimens.
There were large areas where a dozen holes to the foot could
be counted. While feeding on these large larvae the starlings
make a peculiar sound somewhat similar to the grunting of a
pig or some other mammal, combined with a choking squeak.
A little later on the following morning, with a temperature of
45° F., a pair was observed searching for larvae but unsuccess-
fully, since an examination of the earth showed that what larvae
remained alive had evidently gone deeply into their burrows.
Following this, the temperature sank to a point where the larvae
were no longer active and as a result the starlings were not ob-
served again attacking them until a warm spell, beginning
March 8.

There is evidence of an unusual attraction of the green June
beetle to the cardinal and wice versa. When a bird alights
among a lot of them where they congregate in bright sunlight
and begins pecking at them, some fly directly at the bird as
though in actual combat, giving the impression that the bird,
because of its bright color, attracts the beetle. It was surmised
at the time that the insect might mistake the bird for a flower.
That this surmise may be correct is borne out by the observa-
tion of Dr. T. E. Snyder at Norfolk, Va., in July, 1925, that
the beetles are strongly attracted to red varieties of Canna.
The bird dodges the beetles without apparent effort and without
leaving the ground, but pecks those that approach closely.

a

Chittenden—Behavior of Cotinis Nitida L. 17

One beetle which had been freshly killed was placed where a
cardinal would have access to it, and after the bird’s departure,
it was found that practically the entire body had been consumed,
a mere trace of some of the hard parts remaining.

When the beetles issued the second week in July in 1925, the
starlings were not in evidence, but the cardinals appeared a
few days later, evidently searching for the beetles, which were
extremely rare.

Although the notes which are here presented are fragmentary,
owing chiefly to the activities of the starlings in destroying the
larvae, nevertheless the observations made are suggestive of
interesting behavior, and the object in presenting them now
is to call attention to the possibilities of verifying just such traits
for permanent records.

. Ly ay: a he
eer i Pe fo SP) ele Oy
FAD MERKEL RD be Rie

Oia) pe Oh mane? fae Hew

i
¢

Leek, avetane

Vol. 39, pp. 19-20 February 23, 1926
PROCEEDINGS _ |

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON...

THE COMMON BOX-TURTLE, A NATURAL HOST FOR
CHIGGERS.

BY H. E. EWING.

On July 10 of the present summer (1925) the writer picked up
a mature specimen of the common box-turtle, Terrapene carolina
carolina (Linné), in a swampy woods near North Beach, Mary-
land. An examination of the specimen with a hand lens revealed’
that it was infested with a reddish orange mite, the mites being
concentrated in the fossae of the posterior legs and about the
base of the tail.

The turtle was brought to the United States National Museum
and placed in a breeding jar suitable for rearing chiggers. Some
of the mites were removed and examined’ with the microscope.
They were found to be the larvae of Trombicula irritans (Riley),
the common North American chigger.

On July 16 one engorged larva was observed detached, crawl-
ing about in the soil contained in the breeding jar.

On the 18th most of the chiggers were observed to have
detached themselves, and the host was removed from the breeding
jar. By the 22d, only twelve days after the turtle was captured,
not a single chigger remained attached.

By July 24 a nymph had emerged from one of the engorged,
quiescent, soil-inhabiting larvae, and the next day another
nymph was detected. The nymphs were removed on the 25th
and killed for study.

On August 4 all the soil in the breeding jar was thoroughly
examined and removed. Two additional nymphs were ob-
tained, one being killed and one being placed in a small breeding
cell with cockroach feces for food. This second nymph lived
for many days, dying on September 4 without any further
transformation.

6—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 39, 1926. (19)

20 #£Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

On July 23 two infested box-turtles were found in the same
woods where the first one was obtained. These two were placed
together in a small breeding box provided with sand at the bot-
tom. On July 25 a third infested turtle, found the day before
in the same woods as the others, was placed in the breeding box.

From these three infested turtles there were eventually
obtained 24 nymphs and 2 adults of Trombicula irritans (Riley).

The finding of chiggers upon the common box-turtle may help
explain the great abundance of chiggers in the swampy woods
of the Atlantic Coast Region, but as yet insufficient data are
available for the proper estimation of its relative importance
as a host. It should be noted, however, that the chiggers en-
gorge rapidly on the box-turtle and drop off without difficulty.
Also, it should be remembered that the turtle host molts but
once in a season, and that this molt normally takes place in
the fall of the year, usually after the chigger season is over.

The conditions of parasitism on the box-turtle are vastly
different from those obtaining in the case of certain snakes
known to be attacked by chiggers. On the snake hosts the
chiggers engorge very slowly and detach with difficulty. Fur-
ther, the snakes molt several times during the season, and at
each molt destroy the partly engorged chiggers that are attached
to their skin.

Pie OU #

et

Vol., 39, pp. 21-28 . March 21, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

A LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF
ALBERT KENRICK FISHER.

BY T. S. PALMER AND W. L. McATEE.

The published papers of Dr. Albert Kenrick Fisher cover a
period of half a century from October, 1875, to January, 1925.
A fitting opportunity for the issue of a list of his publications,
as a contribution to American ornithology, is afforded on the oc-
casion of his 70th birthday, March 21, 1926. While these papers
are concerned chiefly with birds and mammals they extend also
to other subjects.

Dr. Fisher’s principal works comprise a comprehensive treat-
ise on Hawks and Owls, a report on the Birds of the Death
Valley Expedition, both published in 1893, several important
papers on economic ornithology, and three memorial addresses:
on Thomas Mellwraith, Lyman Belding, and Walter Bradford
Barrows, presented before the American Ornithologists’ Union.
His minor contributions fall naturally into four groups: Geo-
graphic distribution of species, economic zoology, biographical
notes, and reviews. The following list comprises 150 titles.

1875 Oporornis formosus breeding in Eastern New York. <Am. Nat.,
IX, No. 10, p. 573, Oct., 1875.
1876 Small Birds [Chrysomitris tristis and Dendroeca coronata] caught by
the Burdock. <Am. Nat., X, No. 4, pp. 239-240, Apr., 1876.
Notes from our Correspondents [A. K. F. on scarlet tanagers, olive-
backed thrushes, yellow-breasted chats and other birds feeding
on maggots in the body of a dead horse]. <Forest & Stream, VI,
p. 355, July 6, 1876.
1878 Robins’ Eggs, Spotted. <Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club, III, p. 97,
Apr., 1878.
The Kentucky Warbler (Oporornis formosus) at Sing Sing, N. Y.
<Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club, III, pp. 191-192, Oct., 1878.
7—Proc. Bic. Soc. Wasu., VOL. 39, 1926. (21)

1879

1880

1881

1882

1883

1884

1885

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Linnean Society [Occurrence of several accidental Visitors at Sing
Sing, N. Y.]. <Forest & Stream, XI, p. 482, Jan. 16, 1879.

Occurrence of several rare Birds near Sing Sing, N. Y. <Bull.
Nuttall Ornith. Club, IV, pp. 61-62, Jan., 1879.

Helminthophaga leucobronchialis in New York. <Bull. Nuttall
Ornith. Club, IV, No. 4, p. 284, Oct., 1879.

Food of Frogs. <Forest & Stream, XIII, No. 22, p. 947, Jan. 1,
1880.

Depredations of the European Sparrow. [Quotation from A. K. F.
by Elliott Coues.] <Am. Nat., XIV, No. 2, p. 130, Feb., 1880.
The Large-billed Water Thrush at Lake George, N. Y. <Bull.

Nuttall Ornith. Club, V, p. 117, Apr., 1880.

Some of the Bats of Westchester Co., N. Y. <Forest & Stream,
XVI, No. 25, p. 490, July 21, 1881.

Good news [concerning the health of Elliott Coues]. <Forest &
Stream, XVII, No. 7, p. 126, Sept. 15, 1881.

Two more specimens of Helminthophaga leucobronchialis from Sing
Sing, N.Y. <Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club, VI, p. 245, Oct., 1881.

Another specimen of Siurus motacilla at Lake George, N.Y. <Bull.
Nuttall Ornith. Club, VI, p. 245, Oct., 1881.

Pseudonyms. <Forest & Stream, XVII, No. 24, Jan. 12, 1882.

Recapture of the Australian Crested Parrakeet at Sing Sing, N. Y.
<Forest & Stream, XVIII, No. 4, p. 67, Feb. 23, 1882.

Curious Nest of the Redstart. <Ornithologist & Oologist, VII,
No. 15, p. 119, May, 1882.

Dendroeca palmarum at Sing Sing, N. Y. <Bull. Nuttall Ornith.
Club, VII, p. 249, Oct., 1882.

The Snow Goose (Chen Hamerubnens) at Sing Sing, N. Y. < Bull.
Nuttall Ornith. Club, VII, p. 251, Oct., 1882.

Habits of the English Sparrow. < Nan Nat., XVI, No. 12, p. 1009,
Dec., 1882. (Note from A. K. F. published by Elliott Coues);
see also English Sparrow Bull., p. 305, 1889.

Capture of Aegiothus linaria holboellii in the Lower Hudson Valley.
Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club, VIII, p. 121, Apr., 1883.

Nesting of Chrysomitris pinus at Sing Sing, N. Y. <Bull. Nuttall
Ornith. Club, VIII, pp. 180-181, July, 1883.

Heterodon platyrhinus niger in southern New York. <Forest &
Stream, XXI, No. 21, p. 408, Dec. 20, 1883.

Seals in the Hudson off Sing Sing. <Forest & Stream, XXII, No.
11, p. 208, April 10, 1884.

White Perch in Lake George, N. Y. <Forest & Stream, XXII,
No. 16, p. 309, May 15, 1884.

The Windfish. <Forest & Stream, XXII, No. 22, p. 428, June 26,
1884.

Wood Ibis (Tantalus loculator) in Hastern New York. <Auk, II,
p. 221, Apr., 1885.

Capture of an Opossum in Essex County, N.Y. <Forest & Stream,
XXIV, No. 10, p. 184, Apr. 2, 1885.

Publications of Albert Kenrick Fisher—Palmer and McAtee. 23

1886

1887

1888

Capture of Ammodramus caudacutus nelsoni in the Lower Hudson
Valley, N. Y. <Auk, II, pp. 306-307, July, 1885.

Capture of two more specimens of Helminthophila leucobronchialis
at Sing Sing, N. Y. <Auk, II, p. 378, Oct., 1885.

Evidence concerning the interbreeding of Helminthophila chryso-
ptera and H. pimus. <Auk, II, pp. 378-379, Oct., 1885.

The Star-Nosed Mole Amphibious. <Am. Nat., XIX, No. 9, p.
895, Sept., 1885.

Capture of the Pine Mouse at Sing Sing, N.Y. <Am. Nat., XIX,
No. 9, p. 896, Sept., 1885.

Washington Doings. <Forest & Stream, XXVI, No. 8, pp. 143-
144, Mar. 18, 1886.

Hawks & Owls. <Am. Field, X XVII, No. 11, p. 247, Mar. 12,
1887.

Tropidonotus clarkii B. G. in southern Louisiana. <Am. Nat.,
XXI, No. 7, p. 672, July, 1887. z

Spelerpes guttolineatus Holbrook, in the vicinity of Washington,
D.C. <Am. Nat., XXI, No. 7, p. 672, July, 1887.

Muhlenberg’s Tortoise (Chelopus muhlenbergii Schweiger), at Lake
George, N. Y. <Am. Nat., XXI, No. 7, pp. 672-673, July,
1887.

Rallus longirostris crepitans breeding on the Coast of Louisiana.
<Auk, V, p. 108, Jan., 1888.

Megascops asio floridanus in Louisiana. <Auk, V, p. 111, Jan.,
1888.

Quiscalus quiscula aglaeus in Louisiana. <Auk, V, p. 113, Jan.,
1888.

Food of Hawks and Owls. <Ann. Rept. U. 8. Dept. Agriculture,
1887, pp. 402-422, 1888.

Experiments in poisoning. <Ann. Rept. U.S. Dept. Agriculture,
1887, pp. 423-426, 1888.

Notes on the depredations of blackbirds and gophers in northern
Iowa and southern Minnesota in the fall of 1887. <Ann. Rept.
U. 8. Dept. Agriculture, 1887, pp. 454-456, 1888.

The Sparrow Hawk (Falco sparverius). <Ann. Rept. U. 8S. Dept.
Agriculture, 1888, pp. 491-496, 1 fig., 1889.

The Short-Eared Owl (Asio accipitrinus). <Ann. Rept. U.S. Dept.
Agriculture, pp. 496-498, 1 fig., 1888.

Tables of Food [of the English Sparrow] as shown by Dissection.
<English Sparrow in North America, Bull. 1, Div. Econom.
Ornith. & Mamm., U.S. Dept. Agriculture, pp. 133-148, 1889.

[Injury to Peas, Wheat and other Vegetables and Grain by the
English Sparrow.] <lIbid., pp. 61, 71, 249 and 257, 1889.

Destruction of the Sparrow by Poisons. <lIbid., pp. 174-178,
1889.

Marsh Hawk. Circus hudsonius. <Ann. Rept. U.S. Dept. Agri-
culture, pp. 370-372, Pl. I (colored), 1889.

1890

1892
1893

1894

1895

1896

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Common Screech Owl. Megascops asio. <Ann. Rept. U.S. Dept.
Agriculture, pp. 372-376, Pl. II (colored), 1889.

Flammulated Screech Owl. Megascops flammeolus. <Ann. Rept.
U. S. Dept. Agriculture, p. 376, 1889. (Anon.)

Capture of a specimen of Orange-Crowned Warbler (Helminthophila
celata) in the Vicinity of Washington, D.C. <Auk, VII, p. 96,
Jan., 1890.

Evening Grosbeaks in New York. <Forest & Stream, XXXIV,
pp. 64-65, Feb. 13, 1890.

The Appearance of the Razor-billed Auk (Alca torda) on the Coast
of North Carolina. <Auk, VII, p. 203, Apr., 1890.

A word for the Hawks and Owls. <Observer, Portland, Conn.,
I, No. 6, June, 1890.

Land Birds of the Pacific District, by Lyman Belding. Occasional
Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., Il, pp. 274, Sept., 1890. ‘This Report
was proof read by Dr. Fisher, and the most of the data of 1886
and later was incorporated by him,” p. 2.

Notes on the Occurrence of a Young Crab-Eater (Elacate canada),
from the Lower Hudson Valley, New York. <Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., XIII, p. 195, Sept. 9, 1890.

A Correction [of a record of a Hawk Owl at Washington, D. C.,
which proved to be a Short-Eared Owl]. <Auk, VII, p. 400,
Oct., 1890.

Myiarchus nuttingi in Arizona. <Auk, IX, p. 394, Oct., 1892.

The Hawks and Owls of the United States in their relation to Agri-
culture. Bull. 3, Div. Ornith., U. S. Dept. Agriculture, 210 pp.,
26 colored pls., Feb. 28, 1893.

Report on the Ornithology of the Death Valley Expedition of 1891,
comprising Notes on the Birds observed in southern California,
southern Nevada, and parts of Arizona and Utah. <North
Am. Fauna No. 7, pp. 7-158, colored map 3, May 31, 18938.

Muskrats Eating Mussels. <Field, London, LX XXIII, No. 2148,
p. 270, Feb. 24, 1894.

The Capture of Basilinna leucotis in Southern Arizona. <Auk,
XI, pp. 325-326, Oct., 1894.

Occurrence of Aphelocoma cyanotis in Western Texas. <Auk,
XI, p. 327, Oct., 1894.

Hawks and Owls as related to the Farmer. <Yearbook Dept.
Agriculture, 1894, pp. 215-232, Pls. I-III, figs. 21-24, Sept. 6,
1895. Reprinted under title Hawks and Owls from the Stand-
point of the Farmer; see also 1907, Cir. 61.

The Masked Duck (Nomonyx dominicus) in the Lower Rio Grande
Valley, Texas. <Auk, XII, p. 297, July, 1895.

Occurrence of Helinaia swainsoni in the Dismal Swamp, Virginia.
<Auk, XII, p. 307, July, 1895.

Food of the Barn Owl (Strix pratincola L.). <Science, N.S., III,
pp. 623-624, Apr. 24, 1896 (Reprinted in Forest & Stream, June
20, 1896).

Publications of Albert Kenrick Fisher—Palmer and McAtee. 25

1897

1898
1899

1900

1901

1902

[Abstract by W. B. Tegetmeier of the preceding paper on] Food of
the Barn Owl. <London Field, LX XXVIII, p. 170, July, 1896.

The Mammals of Sing Sing, N. Y._ <Observer, Portland, Conn.,
VII, No. 5, pp. 193-200, May, 1896.

A Partial List of Moki Animal Names. <Am. Anthropologist
IX, p. 174, May, 1896.

[Carabus vinctus in the Dismal Swamp, Va.] <Entomological
News, Phila., VII, No. 5, p. 135, May, 1896.

Erroneous Ideas concerning Hawks and Owls. < Yearbook Dept.
Agriculture, 1895, p. 590, 1896. (Anon.)

Summer Roosts of Swallows and Redwinged Blackbirds. <Ob-
server, Portland, Conn., VII, No. 7, pp. 382-384, July, 1896.
The Sharp-tailed Finches of Maine. <Science, N.S., V, No. 119,

p. 577, Apr. 9, 1897.
Rank of the Sage Sparrow. <Auk, XV, p. 190, Apr., 1898.
Average dates of arrival of the Commoner Birds at Sing Sing, N. Y.,
during April and May. <Bird Lore, I, pp. 54-55, Apr., 1899.
[Obituary notice of] Major Joshua L. Fowler, [1846-1899]. <Auk,
XVI, p. 377, Oct., 1899.

The Occurrence of Steller’s Eider (EHniconetta stelleri) in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence. <Auk, XVII, p. 65, Jan., 1900.

[Review of] The Birds of Rhode Island [by Howe and Sturtevant).
Science, N.S., XII, pp. 140-141, July 27, 1900.

[Review of D. Lange’s] ‘Our Native Birds.’ <Science, N.S., XII,
p. 141, July 27, 1900.

A Word for the Hawks and Owls. <Am. Field, LIV, No. 17, p.
331, Oct. 27, 1900.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for Sept. & Nov., 1900]. <Bird Lore,
III, p. 77, Apr., 1901.

[Review of] ‘The Wilson Bulletin, No. 33.’ <Bird Lore, III, p.
77, Apr., 1901.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for Jan. & Mar., 1901]. <Bird Lore,
III, p. 144, Aug., 1901.

[Review of] ‘The Wilson Bulletin No. 34.’ <Bird Lore, III, p.
144, Aug., 1901.

[Review of ‘The] Home Life of Wild Birds’ . . . by Francis
Hobart Herrick. <Science, N. 8., XIV, p. 326, Aug. 30, 1901.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for May, June & July, 1901]. <Bird
Lore, III, p. 178, Oct., 1901.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin No. 35.’ <Bird Lore, III, p.
178, Oct., 1901.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for Aug., Sept. & Oct., 1901]. <Bird
Lore, IV, p. 35, Feb., 1902.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for Jan., Feb. & Mar., 1902]. <Bird
Lore, IV, p. 99, June, 1902.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 36]. <Bird Lore, IV, pp.
99-100, June, 1902.

p)

26

1903

1904

1906

1907

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Two Vanishing Game Birds, The Woodcock and the Wood Duck.
<Yearbook Dept. Agriculture, 1901, pp. 447-458, 2 pls., June
11, 1902.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for Apr., 1902]. <Bird Lore, IV, p.
164, Oct., 1902.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 39]. <Bird Lore, IV, pp.
164-165, Oct., 1902.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 40]. <Bird Lore, IV, pp.
202-203, Dee., 1902.

[Review of] ‘The Osprey’ [for July, 1902]. <Bird Lore, V, p. 34,
Feb., 1903.

Hawks as Quail Destroyers. <Sportsman’s Review, XXIII, p.
236, Feb. 28, 1908.

A Partial List of the Birds of Keam Canyon, Arizona. <Condor,
V, pp. 33-36, 1 pl., Mar., 1903.

Thomas Mellwraith, [1824-1903]. <Condor, V, p. 58, Mar.,1903.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 41]. <Bird Lore, V, p. 67,
Apr., 1903.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 42]. <Bird Lore, V, p.
102, June, 1903.

[Review of] ‘The Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 43]. <Buird Lore, V, pp.
168-169, Oct., 1903.

[Note on publication of] ‘The Osprey.’ <Bird Lore, V, p. 169,
Oct., 1903.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 44]. <Bird Lore, V, p.
203, Dec., 1903.

In Memoriam: Thomas Mellwraith, [1824-1903]. <Auk, XXI,
pp. 1-7, por., Jan., 1904.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 45]. <Bird Lore, VI, p.
31, Feb., 1904.

James Cushing Merrill, 1853-1902. <Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., V,
pp. 399-400, Feb. 4, 1904.

[Review of H. 8. Swarth’s] Birds of the Huachuca Mountains,
Arizona. -<Condor, VI, pp. 80-81, May, 1904.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 46]. <Bird Lore, VI, p.
102, June, 1904.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 47]. <Bird Lore, VI, p.
137, Aug., 1904.

[Review of ‘The] Wilson Bulletin’ [No. 48]. <Bird Lore, VI, p.
208, Dec., 1904.

[Christmas Bird Census, 1905, at Palo Alto, Calif., with Walter K.
Fisher.| <Bird Lore, VIII, p. 24, Feb., 1906.

Hawks and Owls from the Standpoint of the Farmer. < Biol. Sur-
vey Circular No. 61, 18 pp., 6 figs., July 18, 1907. (Revised from
Yearbook Dept. Agriculture, 1894.)

[Obituary notice of] Dr. William LaGrange Ralph, [1851-1907].
<Auk, XXIV, pp. 461-462, Oct., 1907.

Publications of Albert Kenrick Fisher—Palmer and McAtee. 27

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914

1916

1917

1918

OG?

1920

1921

The Economic Value of Predaceous Birds and Mammals. < Year-
book, Dept. Agriculture, 1908, pp. 187-194, pls. 1-8, Aug. 17,
1909.

Bounties on Hawks and Owls and Crows. <Am. Field, p. 582,
June 19, 1909.

Economic Value of Hawks and Owls. <Forest:& Stream, LX XIV,
No. 5, pp. 170-172, Jan. 29, 1910.

Poultry Pests, from a Scientific Agriculturist’s Standpoint. <Farm
Poultry, XXI, p. 81, Mar., 1910.

Hawks and Owls. <Camp and Trail, Columbus, Ohio, II, No.
42, Sept. 16, 1911.

Crawfish as Crop Destroyers. <Yearbook Dept. Agriculture,
1911, pp. 321-324, pl. XXII, 1912.

[Screech Owl, Barn Owl, Sparrow Hawk, Red-tailed Hawk, and
Cooper Hawk.] <Farmers’ Bull. No. 5138, U. S. Dept. Agri-
culture, pp. 26-28, Mar., 1913; Nat. Geog. Mag., XXIV, pp.
692-694, June, 1913; Common Birds of Town and Country, pp.
692-694, 1914.

Recovery of a Banded Pintail Duck [at the Delta Duck Club, near
the mouth of the Mississippi River in Dec., 1912]. <Auk,
XXXII, p. 100, Jan., 1914.

[Advisability of changing the time of Meetings of the A. O. U. from
autumn to spring.| <Auk, XXXI, p. 145, Jan., 1914.

[Christmas Bird Census 1916 at Washington, D. C., (Rosslyn to
Four-Mile-Run, and Oaks to Wellington, Va.), with W. L. .
MeAtee, E. A. Preble, and Alex. Wetmore.] <Bird Lore, XIX,
p. 25, Feb., 1917.

Game Birds and Vermin. <Am. Field, LXXXVII, p. 408, Apr. 7,
1917.

Plans for Extermination of Predatory Wild Animals. <Proc. 20th
Ann. Cony. Am. Nat. Live Stock Assn., pp. 47-55, 1917.

The Relation of the Raptorial Birds to Game. <Bull. Am. Game
Prot. Assn., VI, No. 2, pp. 15-17, May 1, 1917.

[Obituary notice of] George Batten, [1854-1918]. <Auk, XXXV,
pp. 264-265, Apr., 1918.

Occurrence of Goshawks (Astur a. atricapillus) and Saw-whet Ow]
(Cryptoglaux acadica) in the vicinity of Washington, D. C., [in
1916 and 1917]. <Auk, XXXV, p. 351, July, 1918.

Predatory Animals and Injurious Rodents. <Producer, Denver,
Colo.. I, No. 3, pp. 7-11, Aug., 1919.

In Memoriam: Lyman Belding, [1829-1917]. <Auk, XXXVII,
pp. 33-45, with bibliog. of 47 titles and por., Jan., 1920.

Advises against Killing ali Hawks [in Virginia]. < Virginia Con-
servationist, I, No. 2, pp. 10, 12, Nov., 1920.

The House Cat. <Field and Stream, XXV, No. 10, p. 918, Feb.,
1921; Outers’ Recreation, LXIV, No. 2, p. 84, Feb., 1921.

[Photographic Reproduction of a Letter to the Editor Commending
his Stand on Vivisection.| <Woman’s Home Journal, XLVIII,
No. 11, p. 15, Nov., 1921.

1922

1923

1924

1925

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

The Necessity for Federal and State Cooperation in Predatory
Animal Extermination Work. <Sheep & Goat Raisers’ Mag.,
III, No. 1, pp. 33, 36, 37, Aug., 1922.

The Effect of Rodent Poison on Game Birds. <Bull. Am. Game
Prot. Assn., XI, No. 1, pp. 15-16, Jan., 1922.

[List of 9] Group Photographs of the A. O. U. <Auk, XXXIV,
pp. 589-590, Oct., 1922.

The Value of Carbon Bisulphide in combating Tent Caterpillars and
Mosquitoes. <Journ. Economic Entomology, XV, No. 5, p.
3/3, Oct., 1922.

Steel Traps, Animals and Pain. <Farm Journ., XLVI, No. 11,
pp. 76, 80-81, Nov., 1922; Fur Trade Review, LI, No. 7, pp.
104-106, Apr., 1924.

Fighting Predatory Animals. <The Field, Illustrated, New York,
XXXII, No. 12, pp. 760-761, Dec., 1922.

[Obituary notice of] Wiliam Bowen Boulton, [1859-1922]. <Auk,
XL, p. 378, Apr., 1923.

Look before you Shoot [Hawks]. <Dupont Mag., May, 1923, pp.
14, 16.

A Statement Regarding Scientific Collecting. <Bull. Am. Game
Prot. & Prop. Assn., XII, No. 3, p.9, July, 1923. (For comment,
see Auk, XLI, pp. 199-201, Jan., 1924.)

Spotted or Piebald Humans. <Rural New Yorker, LX XXII, p.
1174, Sept. 15, 1923.

Relation of the Ornithologist and the Conservation Commissioner.
<Proc. 17th Convention Internat. Assn. Game, Fish and Con-
servation Comm., Sept., 1923, pp. 70-71, 1924.

[Address on Predatory Animal Work of the Biological Survey.]
<Proc. 39th Ann. Convention Montana Stockgrowers’ Assn.,
Dillon, Mont., April, 1924, pp. 44-46.

[In Memoriam:] Walter Bradford Barrows, [1855-1923]. <Auk,
XLII, pp. 1-14, Jan., 1925 (with por. and bibliog. of 59 titles by
W. H. Cheesman).

Vol. 39, pp. 29-30 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF W

A NEW RACE OF CITELLUS TERETICAUD
LOWER CALIFORNIA.

BY LAURENCE M. HUEY.

Specimens of Citellus tereticaudus recently secured in the
desert region bordering San Felipe Bay, Lower California,
Mexico, have been found to vary so markedly from the forms
hitherto known as to warrant the description of a new sub-
species, as follows:

Citellus tereticaudus vociferans,! subsp. nov.
SAN FELIPE ROUND-TAILED GROUND SQUIRREL.

Type.—From San Felipe, Lower California, Mexico; No. 5127, Collec-
tion of the San Diego Society of Natural History; adult @ ; collected in the
Lycium association just back of the sea beach by Laurence M. Huey, March
25, 1926.

Color.—As compared with Citellus tereticaudus tereticaudus, dorsal colora-
tion much grayer and more grizzled, the hairs having heavy whitish tips;
underparts more grayish-white, including cheeks and parts of face about
ears.

Cranial Characters.—Zygomatic arch is less angular than that of C. t.
tereticaudus, when viewed from side, and of lighter construction, and
tooth row averages shorter.

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 265; tail vertebrae, 97; hind foot,
37; weight 142.3 grams. Ten adults average: Length 252.4 (240-265); tail
90.9 (81-97); hind foot, 36.0 (83-38); weight, 138.77 grams (115.0-145.5).
Skull (type): Condylo-basal length, 36.7; zygomatic breadth, 22.9; length
of tooth row, 7.0; depth of interpterygoid notch, 7.2.

Remarks.—The new form is clearly definable by color and is instantly
recognizable from either of the two forms which occur to the northward,
namely C. ¢. tereticaudus and C. t. chlorus. The range of the latter is
checked by that of C. t. tereticaudus, which reaches westward from the
Colorado River well into the foothills of the coast range mountains.

Specimens examined.—Citellus tereticaudus tereticaudus: 10 from Bard,
Imperial County, California, 7 miles north of Old Fort Yuma, California

1So named on account of the animal’s unusual vocal ability.

8—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (29)

30 = Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

(type locality), and about as near the type-locality as specimens can be
obtained nowadays; 1 from La Puerta Valley, San Diego County, Cali-
fornia; 2 from Harper’s Well, Imperial County, California, west side of
the Colorado Desert; 1 from Fish Springs, Imperial County, California.
Citellus tereticaudus chlorus: 3 from Whitewater Ranch, Riverside County,

_ California; 2 from Palm Springs, Riverside County, California (type-

locality). Citellus tereticaudus vociferans: 27 from San Felipe, Lower
California, Mexico (type-locality); 1 from 20 miles north of San Felipe,
Lower California, Mexico.

ZhOb nes

Vol. 39, pp. 31-32 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF Coe

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ORIOLUS FRO™
NICOBAR ISLANDS.

BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER.

Examination of a series of Oriolus maculatus from the vari-
ous islands of the Nicobar group indicates that there are two
geographic races represented in these islands. The Oriolus
macrourus of Blyth! is from the central islands of the group.
Therefore the bird from Car Nicobar, which differs from that
of the remaining islands, is without a name. It may be called

Oriolus maculatus eustictus, subsp. nov.

Chars. subsp.—Similar to Oriolus maculatus macrourus, but, in the male,
with the yellow tips of the secondaries and tertials usually much larger and
always present; yellow tips of the middle rectrices broader, those of the
next pair also broader on both webs, on the outer web usually diagonal
(instead of truncate as in Oriolus maculatus macrourus); in the female, with
the back somewhat more golden.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 178642, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Car
Nicobar Island, Nicobar Islands, January 24, 1901; Dr. W. L. Abbott.
A broad stripe from the bill on each side covering the lores and the orbital
region, and meeting its fellow across the occiput, black; forehead and middle
part of crown, bright gamboge yellow; remaining upper parts and sides of
neck, between bright gamboge yellow and light cadmium, but the rump and
upper tail-coverts less golden; most of tail slightly golden lemon chrome,
but the two middle rectrices (excepting narrow tips), and the succeeding
pair (excepting broad tips), together with the bases of the remaining pairs,
black; most of the wings black, the inner edges of the quills somewhat
brownish, but the middle part of the outer webs of some of the primaries
narrowly margined with white, the inner primaries slightly tipped with dull
white; narrow tips of secondaries, shaft stripes (broader basally) on two
inner tertials, and a small speculum formed by tips of the primary wing-
coverts, pinard yellow; greater wing-coverts lemon chrome; middle and
lesser wing-coverts like the back; chin and median portion of throat, of the

10[riolus|. macrourus Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XV, No. 169, 1846, p. 46
(central islands of the Nicobars).

9—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 39, 1926. (31)

32 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

same shade of yellow as the crown; remainder of lower surface, lining and
edge of wing, like the rump; “‘iris red; bill dark purple at base, becoming
pale at tip; feet dark leaden.”

. Measurements—Male:! wing, 151-160.5 (average, 154.4) mm.; tail,
115-118.5 (116);-exposed culmen, 30-32 (31.2); height of bill at base,
11-12.5 (11.7); tarsus, 24.5-26 (25.3); middle toe without claw, 19-21
(20).

Female:? wing, 146-152.5 (average, 149.6) mm.; tail, 114-117.5 (115.6);
exposed culmen, 30-32 (31); height of bill at base, 10-11 (10.6); tarsus,
26; middle toe without claw, 19-21 (20). -

Remarks.—This new race is less like Oriolus maculatus andamanensis
than is Oriolus maculatus macrourus from the other Nicobar Islands, al-
though it is intermediate in distribution. The specimens examined show
very little individual variation. This race is apparently confined to the
island of Car Nicobar.

There is apparently very little or no difference in size between Oriolus
maculatus macrourus and Oriolus maculatus eustictus, as the following aver-
age measurements of four males of the former compared with the measure-
ments of the latter given above will show: wing, 153.8 mm.; tail, 116.5;
exposed culmen, 32.3; height of bill at base, 12; tarsus, 26.1; middle toe
without claw, 20.

The original description of Oriolus macrourus Blyth? indicates that the
type locality of this form is the central islands of the Nicobar group,
leaving thus the birds from Car Nicobar as the race requiring a name.
Both of these forms are without much doubt subspecies of Oriolus maculatus
Vieillot from Java, since individual variation in characters bridges over
the difference between them and the birds commonly considered as forms
of Oriolus maculatus. In Oriolus maculatus maculatus the outer tail-feather
usually is not wholly yellow, but has some black at its base.

1Five specimens.
2Three specimens.
3Loe. cit.

Vol. 39, pp. 33-46 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASH ETON

NOTES ON AMERICAN ANTHOCORIDAE WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS.

BY CARL J. DRAKE AND HALBERT M. HARRIS.

During the past few months the writers have been studying
the hemipterous family Anthocoridae with the object of mono-
graphing the group for North America. Due to the fact, how-
ever, that so little has been done with the family and that
keys constructed now would soon be valueless it is thought
best to publish here a few general notes with descriptions of
new forms with the hope that this paper will lead to the acqui-
sition of more material and thus the planned monograph in
the end be more complete and valuable. Other than their
own collection the authors have been permitted to study the
undetermined material belonging to the U. S. National Mu-
seum, the collection of the Illinois State Natural History
Survey and the collection of Dr. H. H. Knight. Thanks are
due Mr. W. L. McAtee, Dr. T. H. Frison, and Dr. Knight,
respectively, for their kindness in allowing the use of the above
mentioned collections in this study.

Lasiochilus hirtellus, n. sp.

Oblong-ovate, broadest beyond the middle, clothed with numerous
long scattered hairs, brownish testaceous, the head and pronotum shiny,
the elytra duller. Head distinctly longer than broad, smooth, clothed with
a few long erect hairs. Eyes reddish to blackish, coarsely granulated.
Ocelli reddish. Antennae long, testaceous to rufotestaceous, clothed with
numerous long hairs, segment I stout, reaching slightly beyond apex of
head; II longest, considerably stouter than III or IV, gradually swollen
towards apex; III and IV very slender, the hairs varying in length; pro-

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Iowa State College,
Ames, Iowa.

10—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (33)

34 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

portion I: IT: III: [V:: 11: 25:21:18. Rostrum reaching to intermediate
coxae. é

Pronotum smooth, strongly narrowed anteriorly, slightly more than
twice as wide at base as at apex, length thru median line sub-equal to width
at apex, broadly emarginate behind, with a transverse depression in front
of posterior lobe; the anterior lobe with a distinct median, longitudinal
fovea behind. Scutellum depressed and indistinctly rugulose before the
apex. Hemelytra distinctly punctured, more closely and coarsely so on
clavi, clothed with long hairs; embolium with numerous long hairs along
outer margin, at apex hardly as wide as corium; membrane somewhat
brownish. Wings reaching slightly beyond apex of abdomen, the cell
without a hamus. Legs yellowish brown, clothed with a few hairs. Ostio-
lar canal curved posteriorly. Abdomen beneath clothed with a few long
hairs which are longer and most numerous at apex. Length 3.2 mm.,
width 1.19 mm.

Holotype: male, Thomasville, Alabama, June 11, 1918, H. H. Knight,
collector. Allotype: Columbus, Texas, May 23. Paratypes: 27 specimens,
Brownsville, Texas, May 4, 1904, and June 5, 1904, H. S. Barber, collec-
tor and Feb. 4, Geo. Garner, collector; Devers, Texas, June 23, 1917, H. H.
Knight, collector; Anahuac, Texas, Oct. 8, 1918, H. 8. Barber; Presidio
Riv., Sinaloa, Mexico, Sept. 20, 1918, J. Aug. Kusche, collector; Opelousas,
Louisana, Pilate; Bayo Sara, La., Jan. 16, 1919, E. A. Schwarz; Crowley,
La., at light, E. S. Tucker; Alexandria, La., Feb. 26, 1909, on cornstalk,
E. 8. Tucker; Gainesville, Florida, July 11, 1918, on velvet beans, J. R.
Watson, collector.

Holotype and allotype in authors’ collection. Paratypes in collection of
U. 8S. Nat. Museum, Illinois State Natural History Survey, Iowa State
College, H. H. Knight and the authors.

Lasiochilus comitialis, n. sp.

Elongate-ovate, rather sparsely clothed with moderately long sub-erect
hairs; head, pronotum, and base of scutellum shiny, rufo-piceous; the heme-
lytra and apex of scutellum dull, dark brownish testaceous to fuscous.
Head short, its length subequal te width through the eyes. Eyes moder-
ately large, reddish. Ocelli prominent, rather distant from eyes. An-
tennae testaceous, moderately clothed with long stiff hairs of variable
lengths; segment I scarcely reaching apex of head; II moderately stout,
considerably thickened towards the apex; III and IV very slender; the
proportional length of the segments—I: II: III: IV:: 7: 18:16:18. Ros-
trum pale testaceous, moderately stout, extending to middle of meso-
sternum, segment I reaching to anterior margin of eyes, II to the apex of
the anterior coxae.

Pronotum moderately narrowed anteriorly, the lateral margins ciliate and
slightly sinuate, the apex broader than head through eyes, the disc smooth
with posterior lobe finely rugulose, the base sub-angularly and deeply emar-
ginate. Scutellum depressed apically, the depressed portion dull and
rugulose. Hemelytra dull, clothed with moderately long, semi-erect hairs
which are arranged in rows, indistinctly punctate; the embolium long,

ba

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 35

its outer margin ciliate, its apex not quite one-half as wide as corium.
Membrane slightly smoky, subhyaline. Legs brownish, the femora thick-
ened and mostly fuscous. Ostiolar cana! short, strongly curved posteri-
orly. Body beneath reddish brown to fuscous, the apex of the venter be-
set with numerous very long slender hairs. Length 2.77 mm., width .90
mm.

Holotype: male, Hendersonville, North Carolina, on Hicoria, W. F.
Fiske, collector (Hopkins, U.S. 1781 d), type #29146, U.S. Nat. Museum.
Allotype: female, taken with type. Paratypes: one male and one female,
Tryon, N. C., on Hicoria, W. F. Fiske, collector (Hopkins, U. S. 1722 f).

This species has the general appearance of L. reuteri Champ. from which
it may readily be distinguished by its slightly larger size, the differently
colored head, pronotum, hemelytra, etc.

Lasiochilus mirificus, n. sp.

Moderately large, oblong-ovate, yellowish to testaceous, shiny, rather
densely clothed with fine sub-erect hairs. Head broader than long, slightly
rugulose in front of eyes. Eyes moderately large, inconspicuous. Ocelli
far apart. Antennae pale testaceous, clothed with long, very fine hairs;
segment I scarcely reaching apex of head, thick; II enlarged toward apex;
the proportional length of the segments—I: II: III: IV:: 4: 9:10:11.
Rostrum reaching almost to end of mesosternum, segment I attaining the
apex of the eyes, II extending to the anterior coxae.

Pronotum rather strongly narrowed anteriorly, somewhat shiny, finely
and rather indistinctly rugulose, with a short fairly distinct fovea on the
base of the anterior lobe, the lateral margins ciliate, the base broadly
emarginate. Scutellum with the basal half smooth, the depressed apical
half rugulose. Hemelytra rather densely clothed with fine pale hairs;
the embolium rounded at inner apical angle. Membrane hyaline. Legs
yellowish. Ostiolar canal short, distinctly curved posteriorly. Body
beneath testaceous, clothed with fairly long hairs. Length 2 mm., width
.79 mm.

Holotype: female, Brownsville, Texas, May 7, 1904, H. S. Barber, col-
lector, type #29147, U. S. National Museum. Paratype: female, taken
with type.

This species falls in group a in Champion’s key to the Central American
forms. It may readily be separated from related forms by the rounded
apex of the embolium.

Lasiochilus divisus Champion.

One specimen of this distinct species is at hand from Canal Point, Florida,
collected Feb. 14, 1924, by W. F. Ourey. Other specimens from Guate-
mala, Porto Rico and Canal Zone, Panama, have been examined.

Lasiochilus fusculus Reuter.

One specimen, Charleston, Mississippi, Sept. 10, 1925, H. M. Harris,
collector, and one specimen Decherd, Tenn., Aug. 18, H. 8. Barber, col-

lector.

36 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Lasiochiloides socialis, n. sp.

Elongate, nearly parallel, rufo-piceous; the head, pronotum, and basal
portion of scutellum faintly tinged with ferrugineous. Head broad, ante-
ocular portion short, anteriorly narrowed. Eyes large, reddish, widely
separated. Ocelli prominent. Antennae flavotestaceous, clothed with
long hairs (the basal segments more sparingly); segment I reaching apex
of head; II moderately enlarged towards apex; III and IV very slender;
the proportional length of the segments—I: II: III: IV:: 6: 16: 12: 18.
Rostrum long, segment I reaching to middle of eyes, II not quite reaching
past the anterior coxae, III extending to middle of mesosternum.

Pronotum shiny, narrowed anteriorly; the disc indistinctly rugulose,
narrowly longitudinally depressed through the middle; the posterior por-
tion transversely rugulose, depressed on the disc; sides margined (much
more widely anteriorly), sinuate; collar short; the base broadly and roundly
emarginate. Scutellum shiny at the base, dull at the apex, the depressed
apical part finely rugulose. Hemelytra dull, moderately hairy, sparsely
and finely punctured, the punctures arranged in distinct rows on outer
and inner margin of clavi. Membrane slightly smoky. Legs brownish,
the tibiae and tarsi lighter; femora incrassate, the anterior ones more
strongly so and these armed beneath with short, piceous teeth. Ostiolar
canal moderately long, distinctly curved anteriorly. Body beneath reddish
brown, the apex of the abdomen clothed with several long hairs. Length
2.55 mm., width .84 mm.

Holotype: male, Valles, Mexico, January 18, 1909, collected on growing
corn, in authors’ collection.

This species is close to L. denticulatus Champ. from which it may readily
be separated by its narrower form, larger eyes and differently colored
antennae and hemelytra.

Plochiocoris comptulus, n. sp.

Elongate, subparallel, shiny, rather sparsely clothed with long semi-
erect hairs which are most numerous along the sides of the hemelytra.
Head smooth, shiny, the basal portion dark rufo-piceous, the anteocular
portion brownish. Eyes dark, coarsely granulate, prominent. Ocelli
pale, rather conspicuous. Antennae long, thickly clothed with long hairs,
segments I and II stout; I scarcely reaching beyond the apex of the head;
II very long, sub-cylindrical, the apical one-third slightly enlarged; III
very slender; IV wanting; proportion of segments—I: II: III:: 7: 30: 16.
Rostrum long, extending to slightly beyond intermediate coxae, segment
II very long, about four times as long as I.

Pronotum as in P. longicornis Champ. except that it is brownish-testace-
ous and angularly emarginate behind. Scutellum testaceous, the apical
portion depressed and rugulose. Hemelytra testaceous, the inner margin
of the clavus and the outer margin of the cuneus faintly tinged with red;
embolium narrow at base, strongly widened toward the apex and there
almost as wide as the corium, the inner apical angle rounded. Membrane
hyaline, with two distinct nervures. Legs testaceous, the femora slightly
darker. Ostiolar canal sloping slightly backward, the apical portion

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 37

faintly anteriorly curved. Body beneath brownish, the sides and margins
of the abdominal segments somewhat testaceous. Length 2.7 mm., width
.89 mm.

Holotype: male, Brownsville, Texas, May 16, 1904, H. S. Barber, col-
lector. Type #29148, U.S. Nat. Museum.

Lasiocolpus minor Champion.

Three specimens, Cacao, Trece Aguas, Alta V. Pas, Guatemala, April
5, April 19, and March 29, Schwarz and Barber, collectors.

These specimens differ from Champion’s description in having the first
and second antennal segments more or less brownish instead of entirely
testaceous.

Xylocoris betulinus, n. sp.

Closely related to X. galactinus Fieb. from which it may readily be dis-
tinguished by the much broader pronotum which has the posterior lobe
distinctly depressed.

Antennae yellowish-brown, moderately hairy; segment I not quite reach-
ing apex of head; II slightly thickened towards apex, a little longer than
III or IV; the proportion—I: II: 111: 1V:: 7:18:15:16. Rostrum yel-
lowish brown, stout, reaching to the mesosternum, segment I reaching al-
most to posterior margin of eye, II longer, sub-attaining anterior coxae.
Pronotum moderately clothed with short, prostrate, golden hairs which
are quite numerous on the sides; anteriorly narrowed, in front distinctly
wider than head through eyes, behind broadly and roundly but not deeply
excavated; the posterior lobe depressed and finely rugulose. Scutellum
strongly depressed on posterior half. Hemelytra testaceous; membrane
hyaline. Legs stout, femora fuscous, anterior ones strongly incrassate, the
posterior ones less strongly incrassate; tibiae and tarsi brownish, the an-
terior tibiae very strongly enlarged toward their apices. Ostiolar canal,
long, posteriorly curved to middle of its length, then strongly anteriorly
curved, the apex reaching front margin of meso-pleuron. Body beneath
dark fuscous. Male clasper long, stout, curved. Length, 2.6 mm., width
1.0 mm.

Holotype: male, Cranberry Lake, N. Y., June 23, 1919. C. J. Drake,
collector, taken in burrow of American timber worm, Hylecoetus lugubrius
Say, on fallen yellow birch; in authors’ collection.

Asthenidea temnostethoides Reuter.

Batavia, N. Y., Aug. 8, 1914, H. H. Knight; Cranberry Lake, N. Y.,
Sept. 16, 1917, and Aug. 5, 1920, C. J. Drake, collector; Anna, Illinois,
June 27, 1909, taken sweeping; Dubois, Ill., July 3, 1909, Miami, Florida,
Dec. 20, 1912, Fred Knab, collector; Marathon, Fla., May, 1919, Barber
and Schwarz; Paradise Key, Fla., Feb. 23, 1919, Schwarz and Barber;
Kerryville, Texas, June 19, 1907, F. C. Pratt, collector.

Macrotracheliella laevis var. floridana, n. variety.

Rufo-piceous, shining, almost destitute of hairs. Antennae moderately
clothed with short hairs, rufo-piceous, segment III flavous; I scarcely reach-

38 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

ing apex of head; II enlarged towards apex; III and IV slender, fusiform;
the length of the segments in the proportion—I: II: III: IV:: 6:15:13:
13. Rostrum reaching to anterior coxae, segment II eet to the
base of the prosternum.

Pronotum shiny, strongly narrowed anteriorly, the front lobe forming a
continuous outline with the long posterior lobe of the head, the sides dis-
tinctly margined, the base broadly and roundly emarginate. Scutellum
depressed apically, clothed with a few short fine hairs. Hemelytra con-
siderably longer than the abdomen, the clavus (borders excepted) pale
whitish; membrane smoky, hyaline, the basal margins somewhat paler.
Length 2.5 mm., width .81 mm.

Holotype: female, Key West, Florida, March 30, 1912, reared from
nymph taken in gall of thrips on Ficus indica, EK. A. Schwarz. Type
#29149, U. S. Nat. Museum. Paratype: female, Key West, Florida,
June 4, 1905, Fred. Knab, collector.

This form differs from typical M. laevis Champ. in having the entire
third antennal segment flavous and the clavus (margins excepted) whitish.
Three nymphs taken with holotype are at hand.

Xenotracheliella, n. genus.

Body oblong, smooth, almost destitute of hairs. Head shiny, ante-
ocular portion longer than post-ocular portion; eyes large in the male,
smaller in the female; ocelli far apart; antennae long, stout, segment I
reaching apex of head, Ii very long, subequal to head in length, enlarged
towards the apex, III and IV stout, together slightly longer than II.
Rostrum long, reaching beyond prosternum, segment I reaching to middle
of eyes. Pronotum shiny, narrowed anteriorly, deeply transversely de-
pressed (furrow-like) at about the middle, narrowly margined along the
sides, truncate in front and emarginate behind. Hemelytra reaching to
apex of abdomen, embolium narrow; membrane sub-hyaline, with four
nervures, the inner ones indistinct. Scutellum depressed on apical half
and transversely rugulose there. Mesosternum strongly developed. Legs
stout, anterior coxae placed close together, intermediate and posterior ones
far apart. Ostiolar canal sloping obliquely forward and slightly curved.

This genus has its greatest affinities with Macrotrachelia Reut. and Ma-
crotracheliella Champ. from which it may be distinguished by the differently
formed head, pronotum, elytra, ostiolar canal, ete.

Type of genus, Xenotracheliella inimica, n. sp.

Xenotracheliella inimica, n. sp.

Oblong, dark brown to fuscous black, hemelytra conspicuously marked
with whitish, the second antennal segment, the base of the third, and the
tarsi flavotestaceous. Head dark brown, shiny, finely rugulose, the apex
annulate; its length one-third greater than width through eyes. Eyes
small, reddish, finely granular. Ocelli inconspicuous, widely separated.
Antennae stout, rather thickly clothed with short stiff, whitish hairs;
dark brown, the entire second segment testaceous; segment I hardly reach-
ing apex of head; II swollen towards the apex; III and IV stout, fusiform;

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 39

the proportional length of the segments—I: II: III: 1V:: 8:29:15: 16.
Rostrum dark brown, reaching to the apex of mesosternum, segment I
extending almost to the middle of the eyes, II to near the middle of the
mesosternum.

Pronotum shiny, narrowed anteriorly, the sides strongly sinuate, the
base broadly emarginate, the lateral margins narrowly reflexed; deeply and
transversely depressed just behind the middle, the apical collar and the
disc of the posterior lobe finely rugulose. Scutellum shiny, the apical half
depressed, black, and finely rugulose. Hemelytra brownish, the clavus,
except at base, apex, and along commissure, and a transverse fascia at
apex of corium (not extending entirely across) whitish; the embolium angu-
lar at apex. Membrane hyaline, its middle indistinctly clouded toward
apex; with four unbranched nervures. Legs dark reddish brown, the tarsi
lighter; the femora incrassate. Ostiolar canal slanting obliquely forward,
the apex subangularly curved. Body beneath dark reddish brown, the
apex of the venter blackish, with a few long whitish hairs. Length 2.85
mm., width .85 mm.

Described from a single specimen, female, Taghanic, Ithaca, New York,
July 2, 1920, in authors’ collection.

Xenotracheliella vicaria, n. sp.

Form and general appearance similar to X. inimica, n. sp. Head brown-
ish black, the apex lighter, the anterior portion considerably longer than
the posterior portion. Eyes large, much more prominent than in inimica.
Ocelli very prominent, placed far apart. Antennae stout, dark brown
tinged with ferrugineous, thinly clothed with numerous short, very fine
hairs; segment I smooth, almost reaching apex of head; II long, very stout,
slightly thickened distally, its length about equal to that of head; III and
IV more slender, the two conjoined not as long as II; the proportion—
T: I: 11: IV:: 7: 26: 11:18. Rostrum long, reaching slightly beyond meta-
sternum, segment I reaching middle of eyes, II to base of mesosternum.

Pronotum piceous, shiny, strongly narrowed anteriorly, finely trans-
versely rugulose and closely pitted in the depressions, the sides distinctly
margined, the base broadly emarginate, the disc strongly transversely de-
pressed through the middle. Scutellum piceous, strongly impressed on
apical half, the impressed portion finely and very closely pitted, the apical
one-half tumid, smooth, shiny. Hemelytra fuscous to piceous, the clavus
pale testaceous with its inner margin piceous; embolium narrow, the apex
sub-angulate. Legs piceous, with a brownish tinge, the tarsi slightly
lighter. Ostiolar canal slanting obliquely forward, sub-angularly curved
at the apex. Body beneath dark reddish brown, the apex of the abdomen
clothed with a few long hairs. Length 2.87 mm., width 1 mm.

Holotype: male, Marquette, Michigan, August 28, 1888, in the collec-
tion of the authors.

Although this form resembles X. inimica, n. sp., it seems desirable to con-
sider it distinct rather than as a male of that species because of its less
flattened body, slightly larger size, less widely separated ocelli, longer
second rostral segment, differently shaped pronotum, and differently colored
hemelytra and second antennal segment, etc.

40 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Xenotracheliella oculata, n. sp.

General form and shape similar to X. vicaria, n. sp., but broader, without
conspicuous color markings on hemelytra, the eyes larger, the ocelli more
profoundly raised, and the second antennal segment distinctly shorter and
more slender.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum rufo-piceous, shiny; with a few fine,
very short pale hairs; head longer than broad, the anterior lobe distinctly
constricted just past the middle. Eyes very large. Ocelli strongly raised,
very prominent. Antennae dark brown, clothed with short whitish hairs;
segment I extending to apex of head; II moderately stout, faintly enlarged
distally; III and IV wanting; the proportional lengths of the segments—
I: II:: 6:23. Rostrum dark fuscous, reaching a little beyond middle of
mesosternum, segment I extending to middle of eyes, II to apex of anterior
coxae.

Pronotum strongly narrowed anteriorly, the sides sinuate and narrowly
margined, the collar short, the posterior lobe set off by a wide transverse de-
pression and with anterior lobe distinctly pitted. Scutellum depressed on
apical half, pitted. Hemelytra pale brown, narrowly margined with rufo-
piceous; the cuneus somewhat darkened distally; the membrane sub-
hyaline. Legs rufo-piceous, the tibiae and tarsi much lighter. Ostiolar
canal slightly sloping forward, the apex faintly curved and ending in a thin
carina which extends to the anterior margin of the metapleuron. Body
beneath rufo-piceous, the segments of the venter margined with lighter.
Length 3.62 mm., width 1.19 mm.

Holotype: male, Williams, Arizona, June 30, Barber and Schwarz, col-
lectors, type #29150, U. S. Nat. Museum.

Temnostethus fastigiatus, n. sp.

Moderately large, shiny, brownish black with brown or pale markings,
very sparsely clothed above with short yellowish hairs. Head dark brown,
sonewhat shining. Eyes moderately prominent, quite distant from prono-
tum. Ocelli small, inconspicuous. Antennae reddish brown, moderately
pilose; segment I very short, not reaching apex of head; II quite long, slightly
enlarged towards the apex; III more slender than II and about one-half
as long; IV wanting; proportion I: II: III:: 8:25:12. Rostrum extend-
ing to end of mesosternum, segment I reaching to middle of eyes, II almost
to intermediate coxae.

Pronotum moderately narrowed anteriorly, very finely and closely pitted;
strongly depressed and rugose on posterior lobe, the dise slightly swollen;
the collar distinct, tinged with brownish yellow; the lateral margins sinuate,
strongly reflexed, the base roundly emarginate. Scutellum rugulose, the
apical portion slightly depressed and pitted. Hemelytra short, covering
basal half of abdomen, brownish to fuscous, the basal portions of embolium
and corium and the inner margin of clavus pale yellow. Membrane short,
hyaline. Legs reddish brown, the femora swollen; intermediate coxae
widely separated, the posterior ones more widely separated. Metaster-
num truncate at apex. Ostiolar canal short, stout, nearly straight, the
apex faintly turned backwards. Length 2.66 mm., width .95 mm.

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 41

Holotype: Brachypterous female, Santa Cruz Mountains, California,
type #29151, U.S. Nat. Museum. Allotype: Male, Morgan Hill, Califor-
nia, May 23, 1922, E. O. Essig, collector. Paratypes: female, taken with
type, and female, Cayton, Shasta Co., Cal., July 13, 1913, E. P. Van
Duzee, collector.

This is the first American record for the genus T’emnostethus. The shape
of the pronotum, the position of the eyes, the characters of the rostrum
and metasternum, and the widely separated coxae readily separates the
genus from related genera.

Acompocoris feratis, n. sp.

Elongate-ovate, piceous brown, the hemelytra somewhat testaceous
brown; rather thickly clothed with moderately short, slightly curled,
whitish pubescence. Head dark rufo-piceous, distinctly longer than
width through eyes, shiny. Eyes reddish. Ocelli prominent. Antennae
rather stout, clothed with short stiff hairs; segment I distinctly not reach-
jng to apex of head; II longer than width of head through eyes; III two-
thirds as long as IJ; IV missing; the proportion—I: II: III:: 8:29: 17.
Rostrum extremely long, reaching considerably beyond middle of venter,
segment I extending to the base of the eyes, II to fourth abdominal seg-
ment.

Pronotum strongly narrowed anteriorly; the sides narrowly margined,
rounded in front, the anterior lobe raised, shiny; the posterior lobe set off
by a deep transverse depression, rugulose, broadly and roundly excavated
behind. Scutellum large, depressed behind and finely rugulose. Hemely-
tra more or less variegated with yellowish. Membrane smoky. Legs
brownish, femora somewhat darkened. Ostiolar canal nearly straight,
faintly curved anteriorly. Body beneath reddish brown. Length 3.4 mm.,
width 1.5 mm.

Holotype: male, Kaslo, British Columbia, in collection of the writers.
The extremely long rostrum easily distinguishes this species from any
species of the genus known to the authors.

Tetraphleps novitus, n. sp.

Obovate, moderately clothed with short, prostrate, whitish, scale-like
hairs; head, pronotum, and scutellum black, the elytra brown. Head
broad, as long as width through eyes. Eyes large, reddish black. Ocelli
prominent, reddish. Antennae moderately long, clothed with a few whitish
hairs; segment I dark brown to black, thick, not quite reaching apex of
head; II brownish to black, gradually thickened distally; III and IV black,
subequal in length, together a little longer than III; the proportion—
T: I: II: 1V:: 6:18:10:12. Rostrum brownish to black, reaching be-
tween anterior coxae, segment I short, not reaching insertion of antennae,
II long, reaching slightly beyond apex of prosternum.

Pronotum finely and transversely rugulose, broadly and shallowly ex-
cavated behind, transversely depressed between anterior and posterior
lobes, the sides slightly narrowed and strongly margined anteriorly, in
front broader than the head measured through the eyes. Ostiolar canal

42 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

straight, faintly backwardly projecting, its apex distinctly raised.
Scutellum strongly depressed and rugulose apically. Elytra considerably
longer than abdomen, the scale-like hairs arranged in rather definite rows
the punctures fairly distinct. Membrane somewhat smoky, with four
prominent veins. Wings almost as long as elytra, the cell with a hamus.
Legs brownish black, the tibia and tarsi lighter. Body beneath black.
Length 3.4 mm., width 1.28 mm.

Holotype: female, taken on pine, Stonewall, Trinidad, Colo., 9000 ft.
alt., Aug. 8, 1925, by C. J. Drake. Allotype: same locality as holotype,
H. H. Knight, collector. Paratypes: several females and males taken with
the types, and one female Estes Park, Colo., Aug. 24, 1925, H. H. Knight,
collector. In the male the second antennal segment is considerably thicker
and more swollen distally than in the female. Holotype and allotype in
writers’ collection. Paratypes in collection of U. S. Nat. Museum, lowa
State College, Colorado Agr. College, H. H. Knight, and the authors.

Tetraphleps pingreensis, n. sp.

Closely allied to T. novitus, n. sp. but smaller, darker, and with a much
longer rostrum. Pronotum much shorter, not so strongly margined anteri-
orly, and behind more roundly excavated. The elytra dark brown, much
darker than in novitus. Rostrum attaining the intermediate coxae; seg-
ment I reaching apex of eyes; segment II to the anterior coxae. Antennal
proportions and ostiolar canal as in novitus. Length 3 mm., width 1.19
mm.

Male smaller, lighter in color, perhaps due to the fact that it is some-
what immature.

Holotype: female, Estes Park, Colo., Aug. 24, 1925, H. H. Knight, col-
lector. Allotype: Pingree Park, Colo., Aug. 20, 1925, C. J. Drake, col-
lector, taken on pine. Types in authors’ collection.

Tetraphleps profugus, n. sp.

Elongate-ovate, brownish, the head, anterior lobe of pronotum and
the scutellum black, shiny, moderately thickly clothed with short, slightly
recurved yellowish pubescence. Head measured through eyes broader
than long. Eyes large, reddish. Ocelli placed far apart. Antennae dark
reddish brown; segment I reaching faintly beyond the apex of the head;
II swollen distally, its length equal to length of head to collum; III about
one-half as long as II; IV wanting; the proportion—I: II: III:: 7: 22:12.
Rostrum reaching to anterior coxae, segment I not attaining the insertion
of the antennae, II reaching a little beyond base of head.

Pronotum transversely rugulose, considerably narrowed anteriorly, the
apex about as wide as head through eyes, the explanate lateral margins
widened anteriorly, the base broadly and roundly emarginate. Scutellum
depressed and transversely rugulose from the middle backwards. Hemely-
tra coarsely punctate, testaceous brown. Legs reddish brown. Ostiolar
canal straight. Body beneath reddish brown, clothed with rather long
silvery hairs. Length 3.62 mm., width 1.49 mm.

Holotype: male, Kaslo, British Columbia, in writers’ collection.

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 48

This form has the general appearance of Acompocoris feratis, n. sp., from
which it may be separated by the generic characters, the differently formed
pronotum, and the yellowish hairs on the scutellum and hemelytra.

Tetraphleps edacis, n. sp.

Obovate, moderately thickly clothed with slightly curved whitish pubes-
cence; black, head with a brownish tinge; elytra brownish, slightly varie-
gated with yellowish; membrane pale, with broad brownish streaks along
the nervures. Head shiny, longer than wide (through eyes), the apex sub-
clavate. Eyes dark reddish, moderate in size. Ocelli prominent, placed
far apart. Antennae fuscous; segment I not reaching apex of head; II
faintly thickened towards apex, in length subequal to width of head
through eyes; III and IV about equal in length; all clothed with fine, short,
pale hairs; the proportion—I: II: III: [V:: 7: 22:13:13. Rostrum dark
brownish, reaching almost to intermediate coxae, segment I extending
to apex of eyes, II slightly surpassing the anterior coxae.

Pronotum shiny, finely punctured and transversely rugulose; moderately
narrowed anteriorly, the apex slightly wider than head through eyes;
broadly and roundly excavated behind; the reflexed lateral margins dis-
tinct but not broad. Scutellum shiny, the apical part depressed and rugu-
lose. Hemelytra moderately shiny, brownish fuscous, finely punctured.
Legs dark brownish, the apices of the femora and the tibia and tarsi lighter.
Ostiolar canal nearly straight (faintly curved anteriorly). Body beneath
black. Length 3.66 mm., width 1.7 mm.

Holotype: female, The Plains, Wanakena, New York, Aug. 3, 1920,
C. J. Drake, taken on Larix laricina, in collection of writers.

This species resembles Acompocoris (Tetraphleps) osborni Drake, from
which it may be separated by the darker hemelytra, the shorter rostrum
and the form of the ostiolar canal.

Paratriphleps laeviusculus Champion.

Four specimens, three males, Tegucigalpa, Honduras, Feb. 10, 1918,
F. J. Dyar, collector.

The males differ from Champion’s description and the female before us
in having the hemelytra more uniformly colored and only the sutures be-
tween the corium and clavus and between corium and embolium darkened.
The apical half of each of the last three antennal segments is brownish.

Scoloposcelis mississippensis, n. sp.

Elongate, flattened, rufo-fuscous. Head distinctly longer than broad,
shiny, faintly rugulose. Eyes large, reddish. Ocelli prominent. An-
tennae rather stout, flavotestaceous, darkened toward the base, clothed
with numerous long hairs; segment I short, hardly reaching apex of head;
II three times as long as I, moderately swollen apically; III and IV slender,
sub-equal in length, each two-thirds as long as II; the proportion—I: II:
III: IV:: 6: 20:13:18. Rostrum extending to posterior coxae, segment I
reaching to about middle of eyes, II more than twice as long as I and sub-
equal to I and III together.

44 _— Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Pronotum shiny, trapeziform, moderately narrowed anteriorly, the sides
slightly sinuate and distinctly margined, the base deeply emarginate;
posterior lobe rugulose, somewhat flattened, the longitudinal sulcus in-
distinct. Scutellum concolorous with pronotum, finely rugulose. Heme-
lytra pale, the inner margin of the clavus and the entire embolium and
cuneus fuscous, opaque; membrane clear, hyaline. Wing cell without a
hamus. Legs stout, the anterior and posterior femora greatly and equally
incrassate, strongly compressed laterally, the anterior ones armed beneath
with a double row of short black teeth; apex of femora and tibiae and tarsi
flavotestaceous. Ostiolar canal very long, sloping anteriorly, the apical
half curved.

Male with genital segment clothed with numerous long, gray hairs;
clasper large and prominent. Female with a few scattered hairs at tip
of abdomen. Length 2.76 to 3 mm., width .80 mm.

Five specimens, Port Gibson, Mississippi, July 22, 1921. Taken by
C. J. Drake from burrows of barkbeetles (Ips spp.) in long-leaf pine. The
tree from which the specimens were taken had been felled in 1920 and the
top was heavily infested with several species of barkbeetles. Only a few
adults of S. mississippensis were found. The nymphs were numerous.
The insect is quite active. It apparently feeds on the larvae of bark-
beetles. Holotype, male, and allotype, female, in authors’ collection.

This species differs from S. flavicornis Reut. in having the pronotum
broader anteriorly, the elytra much shorter, and the anterior and pos-
terior femora equally incrassate.

Last (5th ?) nymphal instar: Reddish; antennae, tibiae, tarsi and wing-
pads pale. Anterior and posterior femora strongly incrassate and laterally
compressed. Pronotum slightly narrowed anteriorly, margined, two-thirds
broader than long, the median longitudinal sulcus distinct. Antennae

stout, clothed with numerous rather long stiff hairs; segment II longest;

III slightly shorter than IV.

4th (?) instar: The antennae are considerably shorter than in the last
instar nymph, segment II and IV are sub-equal, each slightly longer than
III. Wing-pads very small. Rostrum reaching to intermediate coxae.

Scoloposcelis basilicus, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, the hemelytra subparallel, shiny. Head rufo-fus-
cous, faintly rugulose behind, short, broad, the length scarcely greater
than width through eyes. Eyes reddish, moderately large. Ocelli pale,
conspicuous. Antennae flavotestaceous, short, clothed with moderately
short stiff hairs; segment I pale brown, almost reaching to apex of head;
II distinctly enlarged towards apex, not so stout as I; III faintly thickened
distally; IV not quite equal to and more slender than III; the proportion—
I: I: III: IV:: 6:14:9:9. Rostrum stout, reaching to a little beyond
anterior coxae, segment I extending almost to middle of eyes, II to between
anterior coxae.

Pronotum rufo-testaceous, considerably narrowed anteriorly, the sides
almost straight and faintly margined; the posterior lobe depressed, trans-

Drake and Harris—Notes on American Anthocoridae 45

versely rugulose, broadly emarginate behind; smooth on ‘the disc and
sides and rugulose on the collar and base. Scutellum smooth and shiny on
base, rugulose on apical half. Elytra rufo-testaceous, with a broad band
on basal part testaceous to whitish; the clavus and corium subhyaline,
embolium narrow to the apex. Membrane somewhat smoky, sub-hyaline.
Legs shorter than in other American species; the tibiae and tarsi flavo-
testaceous, the femora brownish. Ostiolar canal long, strongly and evenly
curved anteriorly. Body beneath brownish, more or less tinged with paler.
Length 2.87 mm., width .81 mm.

Holotype: female, Peloncillo, National Forest, New Mexico, on oak,
J. L. Webb, collector. Allotype: male, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona,
J. L. Webb, collector. Types #29152, U.S. National Museum. Paratypes:
taken with types, and Capitan Mountains, Boreal, N. Mexico, in collec-
tions of U. S. Nat. Museum and authors.

Scoloposcelis discalis Van Duzee.
Flagstaff, Arizona, July 7, collected by Barber and Schwarz.

Scoloposcelis occidentalis, n. sp.

Differing from 8. discalis Van Duzee in its larger size, longer antennae,
much longer rostrum, and narrower embolium. Head rufo-piceous, broad,
convex above. Eyes moderately large. Ocelli widely separated, incon-
spicuous. Antennae brown, clothed with a few short hairs, segment I not
quite attaining apex of the head; II slightly clavate, distinctly longer than
width of head through eyes; III and IV more slender, clothed with longer
hairs; the proportion—I: II: III: 1V::7: 19:12:13. Rostrum long,
brownish testaceous, lighter at apex, segment I extending to middle of
eyes, II to apex of anterior coxae, III to intermediate coxae.

Pronotum shiny, rufo-piceous, finely rugulose, strongly narrowed an-
teriorly, somewhat depressed back of disc, the sides nearly straight and
distinctly margined, the apex slightly emarginate, the base deeply and
roundly excavated. Scutellum smooth on the base, the apical one-third
depressed and rugulose. Hemelytra testaceous to flavotestaceous, the
cuneus fuscous, the embolium narrow, at apex less than one-half width of
corium, pale brown; membrane pale, sub-hyaline. Legs brownish testace-
ous, the tibiae and tarsi lighter. Ostiolar canal long, more prominent than
in mississippensis, strongly curved anteriorly, almost reaching to anterior
margin of meta-pleuron. Body beneath reddish brown to fuscous. Length
3.3 mm., width 1.05 mm.

Holotype: female, Ventura County, California, type #29153, U. S. Nat.
Museum.

ii O
a
iN

Vol. 39, pp. 47-50 ; July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF W

THE COLLARED PECCARIES OF MIDDLE
BY HE. A. GOLDMAN.

The collared peccaries of Central America occupy the low-
lands from sea to sea and ascend in places on the tropical or
subtropical slopes of mountains to over 6,000 feet altitude. In
southern Mexico, however, this general transcontinental range
is split by the southward, wedgelike extension of the central
highlands and continues thence northward in diverging branches
along the eastern and western seaward slopes to extreme
northern limits in southern Texas and southern Arizona, where
the Lower Austral Life Zone is invaded.

Comparison of specimens from numerous localities indicates
that all the continental Middle American forms of the genus
are closely allied. Each differs from the others in varying
combinations of size, color, and rather slight cranial details.
The northern races, inhabiting more arid, partially open re-
gions, are generally pale in color, with distinct black dorsal
stripes and heavy dentition. Those inhabiting the heavily
forested regions from southern Mexico to Panama are, on the
other hand, characterized by more uniformly dark colors and
somewhat weaker dentition. General agreement in important
characters thus justifies the conclusion that all probably inter-
grade and may properly be regarded as subspecies of Pecari
angulatus, the relationship of which to South American species
remains to be determined. Pecari nanus, an insular form of
this group, exhibits so wide a departure, especially in size, from
the continental members of the genus that it must be accorded
specific distinction.

The collared peccaries of Middle America, with two new subspecies
described beyond will, therefore, stand as follows:

11—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., VoL. 39, 1926. (47)

48 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Pecari angulatus angulatus (Cope)........-..----.-.- Guadalupe River, Texas.
Pecari angulatus sonoriensis (Mearns)............. San Bernardino River
(near monument No. 77,
Mexican boundary line),
Sonora, Mexico.

Pecari angulatus humeralis (Merriam)... Armeria, Colima, Mexico.

Pecari angulatus crassus (Merriam) ._...........-- Metlaltoyuca, Puebla,
Mexico.

Pecari angulatus yucatanensis (Merriam)... Tunkas, Yucatan, Mexico.

Pecari angulatus crusnigrum (Bangs)... Boquete, Chiriqui, Pana- ~
ma.

Pecari angulatus bangst Goldman... Boca de Cupe, eastern
Panama.

Pecari angulatus nelsoni, subsp. nov........--------.---- Huehuetan, Chiapas,

Mexico.

Pecari angulatus nigrescens, subsp. nov... Chamelicon, Honduras.

Pecari nanus (Merriam). Cosumel Island, Yucatan,
Mexico.

Descriptions oF New Forms.

Pecari angulatus nelsoni, subsp. nov.
NELSON’S COLLARED PECCARY.

Type from Huehuetan (altitude 500 feet), Chiapas, Mexico. No. 77,865,
o adult, skin and skull, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collec-
tion), collected by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman, February 24, 1896.
Original number, 9381.

Distribution.—Forests of southern Chiapas, Mexico, and doubtless ad-
joining parts of Guatemala.

General characters.—A large dark form without distinct dorsal stripe.
Somewhat similar to Pecari angulatus crusnigrum of Panama in color,
but less tawny, and skull relatively narrower, more elongated. Similar
in general to P. a. humeralis, but color darker, more tawny, and cranial
characters distinctive. Shoulder stripe, or collar, rather well developed
as a light tawny band.

Color.—Type: General body color coarsely mixed, or grizzled, black
and light tawny, the latter element varying to rich ochraceous buffy along
flanks, becoming more grayish along median line of back; rump bristles
with very long black tips obscuring the lighter under color; head more
finely grizzled black and light tawny; cheeks ochraceous buffy; upper
side of muzzle blackish; feet black. In a topotype the lighter element
in the pelage inclines to ochraceous buffy, the general tone less tawny
than in the type.

Skull.—Similar in general to that of P. a. crusnigrum, but relatively
longer and narrower; frontal region and braincase narrower; dentition
similar. Compared with that of P. a. humeralis the skull is relatively
longer and narrower, the rostrum more elongated; postorbital processes
less prominent; diastema longer; molariform toothrows narrower.

_ Goldman—The Collared Peccaries of Middle America. 49

Measurements. Type: Total length, 970; hind foot, 192. An adult
female topotype: 1020; 224. Skull (type): Greatest length (lateral expan-
sion of lambdoid crest to front of incisors), 250; condylobasal length,
204.5; zygomatic breadth, 103.2; interorbital breadth, 49.9; breadth across
postorbital processes, 66.2; maxillary toothrow, 64.4.

Remarks.—In general characters P. a. nelsoni somewhat approaches
P. a. humeralis, specimens of which are now available from various locali-
ties representing a rather wide range along the western slope of Mexico.
It differs notably, however, in darker coloration, with the absence of a
distinct dorsal stripe and in this respect miore nearly resembles P. a.
crusnigrum. A female topotype is larger, and the lighter element in the
pelage is less tawny, or rusty reddish than in the type.

Specimens examined.—Two, from the type locality.

Pecari angulatus nigrescens, subsp. nov.
HONDURAS COLLARED PECCARY.

Type from Chamelicon, Honduras. No. 148,735, @ adult, skin and
skull, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected
by H. 8. Reed, March 10, 1901. X catalogue number 6416.

Distribution.—Northwestern Honduras to northern Guatemala and
eastern Quintana Roo.

General characters.—A medium-sized dark form without distinct dorsal
stripe. Similar to Pecari angulatus yucatanensis, but larger and general
color uniformly much darker; cranial characters differing in detail. In
general color somewhat resembling P. a. nelsoni, but lighter under tone
more grayish; skull smaller, shorter, and relatively broader, with molari-
form toothrows decidedly shorter. Similar in general to P. a. crusnigrum,
but lighter element in pelage buffy or grayish instead of tawny, and denti-
tion lighter.

Color.—Type: Upper and under parts in general very light ochraceous
or pinkish buffy, varying to grayish on lower part of back, coarsely mixed
or heavily overlaid with black; chin and median line of under parts black-
ish; muzzle above, and feet black. Shoulder stripes light buffy, but rather
narrow and indistinct.

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 890; hind foot, 180. Skull: Great-
est length, 238.5; condylobasal length, 199; zygomatic breadth, 99.8; inter-
orbital breadth, 56.1; breadth across postorbital processes, 72.7; maxillary
toothrow, 58.2.

Remarks.—This dark subspecies is apparently most closely allied to
P. a. yucatanensis, but is readily distinguished by the decidedly darker
color due to the more uniform distribution of hairs with long black tips.
A specimen from the semi-humid forest at La Vega, eastern Quintana
Roo shows gradation toward the paler yucatanensis which inhabits the
arid sections of Yucatan.

Specimens examined.—Total number, 6, from localities as follows:

Honduras: Chamelicon (type locality), 2.
Guatemala: Peten, 3.
Quintana Roo: La Vega, 1.

sy ae

yiels sve ae AD
A ae 4) ire ‘

pPvesiGel hea tariiicaeneNel snl iy i Ok Sy of fi \

Ay i)

poe

fat 2 +
Fijila 73

Vol. 39, pp. 51-52 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDING Tiina

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

A NEW STYLOSANTHES FROM BRITISH HONDURAS.
8. F. BLAKE.

In a collection of plants recently made in British Honduras
by Prof. Samuel J. Record of Yale University there occurs a
species of the leguminous genus Stylosanthes closely similar in
general appearance to Stylosanthes hamata (L.) Taub., but
with shorter beak to the fruit and without trace of the plumose
axis-rudiment so well developed in S. hamata. The absence
of the axis-rudiment (the ‘‘seta plumosa”’ of Taubert’s mono-
graph) places the plant in the subgenus Hustylosanthes, where
it seems clearly distinct from any described species. It may
be known as

Stylosanthes ingrata Blake, sp. nov.

Young branches densely ascending-pilose, the older glabrescent; leaflets
linear-elliptic, up to 17 by 3 mm., cuspidate, not strongly veiny, sparsely
pilosulous beneath, sparsely ciliate; spikes short and narrow; bracts villous,
sparsely setose, the setae blackish-based; basal joint of pod rudimentary;
terminal joint oblong, compressed, the body 3-3.5 mm. long, 1.8-2 mm.
wide, appressed-pubescent, 1-nerved on each side and loosely reticulate,
the incurved-uncinate obscurely pubescent beak 1.8 mm. long.

Base not seen; stems erectish-branched, about 18 cm. high, at first
densely whitish-pilose all around with mostly ascending hairs with slender
dark bases, in age usually glabrate except for the spreading dark bases of
the hairs; internodes 1—2.5 cm. long; sheaths of the stipules 4-7.5 mm.
long, pilose like the stem and with a few setae (blackish-brown at base,
yellowish passing to white above), the teeth subulate, stiff, about 4 mm.
long; petioles pilose, 4-7 mm. long, the rachis about 1.5 mm. long; leaflets
short-petiolulate, linear-elliptic or narrowly lance-elliptic, 11-17 mm.
long, 1.5-38 mm. wide, acuminate, cuspidate, truncate-rounded at base,
obscurely incurved-puberulous or nearly glabrous above, sparsely incurved-
or ascending-pilosulous especially along the costa beneath, inconspicu-
ously ciliate with soft hairs, the lateral veins about 5 pairs, not prominent;

12—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasx. Von. 39, 1926. (51)

52 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

spikes 1- (at length) 1.8 cm. long, slender, about 7-flowered, not crowded
into heads; primary bracts unifoliolate, the sheath about 4 mm. long, ob-
long, pubescent like the leaf sheaths, the teeth triangular, 2-3 mm. long,
the blade 8 mm. long or less, on a narrowly winged petiole about 2 mm.
long; secondary bract 1, hyaline, 2-parted, ciliate above, acuminate, 3 mm.
long; bractlet 1, linear-lanceolate, equaling the secondary bract; calyx
6.5 mm. long (including the stipe-like base, this 2.8 mm. long), the lobes
ciliate; corolla yellow, 6.5 mm. long.

British Honduras: Vaca Falls district, Feb., 1926, S. J. Record (type
No. 1,209,860, U. S. Nat. Herb.).

Distinguished among the species of its section by its fruit.

Vol. 39, pp. 53-54 July 30, 1926

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

TWO NEW TAILLESS AMPHIBIANS FROM WESTERN
CHINA.

BY LEONHARD STEJNEGER.

During his trip to Sungpan, Szechwan, China, in 1924, Rev.
D. C. Graham, besides a large number of other interesting
species, also collected two new batrachians, the diagnosis of
which it is desired to place on record without delay.

Megophrys minor, sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Snout strongly projecting beyond lower jaw; head as broad
as long; tympanum distinct; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching between
eye and tip of snout; no vomerine teeth; upper eyelid without horn-like
tubercle; toes with a slight rudiment of web; diameter of tympanum about
two-thirds diameter of eye and greater than distance between eye and
tympanum; inner metatarsal tubercle large; male with a large external
vocal sac.

Type-locality.—On mountain, about 3000 feet altitude, above Kwan-
hsien, 55 kilometers northwest of Chengtu, Szechwan, China.

Type.—U. S. National Museum No. 68,816. D.C. Graham, collector,
July 5, 1924.

Total length, 32 mm.

Apparently closely related to Megophrys boetigeri.

Rana jugans, sp. nov.

Diagnosis.—Tips of fingers and toes dilated into distinct disks bearing
a crescentic horizontal groove separating the upper from the lower surface,
with a transverse groove on the upper surface; disks of fingers larger than
those of the toes, their width about twice that of the narrowest part of
the penultimate phalanx; fingers without dermal border; tip of first finger
not dilated, only slightly swollen; third finger considerably less than twice
length of snout measured on axis of body; foot shorter than tibia; vomerine
teeth well developed; tibia-tarsal articulation reaching nostril; tibia 134
in length from snout to vent; no dorso-lateral fold; tympanum small,
scarcely visible; skin smooth above and below without granulations; male

13—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 39, 1926. (53)

SNITHSON Aa
# LN

54 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

without external vocal sacs; color above reddish brown obscurely clouded
with dusky; sides of head and body as well as hind aspect of femur much
darker brown (possibly marked with dusky marblings); legs with dark
“cross-bars.

Type-locality—Near Wenchwan, about 100 kilometers northwest of
Chengtu, Szechwan, China.

Type.—U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 67,819; D. C. Graham, collector, August
13, 1924.

Total length, 53 mm.

Related to Rana afghana and R. himalayana of the subgenus Amolops
Cope.

Vol. 39, pp- 55-56 UR July 30, 1926
PROCEEDI SWITESONLy pS
OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF GROUND WARBLER
FROM THE PROVINCE OF SZECHWAN, CHINA.

BY J. H. RILEY.!

Among the fine lot of birds sent to the U. S. National Mu-
seum by the Rev. David C. Graham is a small series of skins
of a ground warbler from Mount Omei, 3500-4000 feet, related
to Oligura, but belonging to an apparently undescribed genus.
This bird may be described as follows:

Antiornis, gen. nov.

Similar to Oligura Hodgson, especially in the wing formula, but tail
proportionally longer, reaching to about the tip of the outstretched feet,
the outer tail-feather falling short of the tip of the longest one by about
the length of the middle-toe and claw, instead of having the tail only
slightly rounded and the outstretched feet reaching beyond the tip for
more than length of the middle-toe and claw; nostril an oblong slit over-
hung by an operculum, instead of elliptical oval without an operculum;
feathering on the forehead extending forward on each side of the maxilla
to about the middle of the narial opening instead of having the nostrils
entirely clear of the frontal antiae; feet weaker.

Type, the following:

Antiornis grahami, sp. nov.

Type, male, U. S. National Museum, No. 303,857, Mount Omei, 3,500
feet, Szechwan, China, August 25, 1924. Collected by David C. Graham.

Above saccardo olive, slightly darker on the head and lighter on the
cheeks; lores and region round the eye slightly darker than the pileum;
a supra-loral spot, olive-lake; lower-parts from the chin to and including
the belly, deep colonial buff; under tail-coverts, chamois; flanks with a
slight olive wash; upper tail-coverts, dark olive-buff; tail, dark olive, the
feathers edged with buffy citrine; wings, dark olive, the feathers edged
on the outer web with the color of the back; under wing-coverts, deep

1Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

14—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasnH., Vou. 39 1926. (55)

56 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

colonial buff, becoming whitish on the greater series; remiges below, hair
brown, margined basally with whitish on the inner webs. Wing, 48;
tail, 38; culmen, 11.5; tarsus, 20.5; middle-toe, 10.5 mm.

Remarks.—Antiornis shows a certain superficial resemblance to Neornis
Blyth, but differs as follows: the primaries are broader and the first
-proportionally longer, the tail proportionally shorter and the feathers
narrower, the general plumage softer and more lax.

There has been some discussion by recent authors as to whether Oligura
Hodgson (type as fixed by Gray, 1847, Sylvia castaneocoronata Burton)
is generically distinct from Testa Hodgson (type as fixed by Gray, 1840,
Tesia cyaniventer Hodgson), but an examination of the bill in the two
genera clearly shows them to be separable. Tesia has a rather broad
flat bill, the nostril an oblong slit overhung by an operculum, the feathers
of the frontal antiae extending forward beyond the posterior border of
the narial opening; while in Oligura, the bill is narrower and more slender,
the nostril ellipitical oval without an operculum and entirely clear of the
feathers of the forehead. These differences are shown by Oates (Fauna
Brit. India, Birds, vol. 1, 1889, pp. 192-198, figs. 57, 58).

The wing formula in Antiornis is nearly the same as in Oligura, except
the primaries are broader. First primary about three-fourths as long as
the second; fifth and sixth sub-equal and longest. The nostril is like
Tesia, but the bill is more compressed. In the proportionally longer
tail, with shorter outer feather, and weaker feet, Antiornis is unlike either
Oligura or Tesia, but is very closely allied. It probably inhabits bushes
or grass, on or near the ground.

Stuart Baker (Fauna Brit. India, Birds, 2d ed., vol. 1, 1922, p. 462)
places Tesia (with which he unites Oligura), with some doubt, in the
family Troglodytidae. It seems to me Tesia, Oligura, Pseudoxenicus, and
Antiornis are really ground-inhabiting warblers, Sylviudae.

It gives me great pleasure to dedicate the above species to the collector
as a slight recognition of the important work he has done in Szechwan.

I am indebted to Mr. Outram Bangs of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology for the loan of a series of Neornis flavolivaceus intricatus.

0673

Vol. 39, pp. 57-58 July 30, 1926

PROCEEDINGS “er SO
sy >

SHINGTON = %

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

A NEW SPECIES OF LIOCICHLA FROM THE MOUN- _
TAINS OF SZECHWAN, CHINA.

BY J. H. RILEY.!

In a recent shipment of birds received by the U. 8S. National
Museum from Szechwan, the gift of Rev. David C. Graham,
there is a small series of a very striking new species of Liocichla,
a genus hitherto supposed to be monotypic and confined to the
mountains of Formosa. The series was taken on Mount Omei,
between 6000 and 7000 feet altitude, in August. It may be
known as:

Liocichla omeiensis, sp. nov.

Type, adult male, U. S. National Museum, No. 306,163, Si Gi Pin,
Mount Omei, Szechwan, China, August 7, 1925. Collected by David C.
Graham.

Forehead, superciliaries, sides of neck and chin raw sienna with an
orange wash; crown and occiput deep neutral gray, the feathers of the
forehead and crown edged with dusky and with a lighter shaft stripe;
remaining upper-parts saccardo olive; cheeks and lower-parts deep grayish
olive, the center of the breast and belly tinged with colonial buff; under
tail-coverts black, each feather rather broadly bordered with lemon chrome
and broadly tipped with scarlet; wing-coverts citrine; primaries black
edged on the outer web and tipped with light cadmium, beginning with
the third outer primary there is a scarlet fringe at the base, increasing
inwardly, and the yellow edge is interrupted in the middle by black on the
inner feathers; secondaries black, medal bronze on the outer web basally
with a scarlet fringe, then a narrow olive-gray border, followed by a rather
large scarlet sub-terminal spot, the tips narrowly light cadmium; tertials
medal bronze, the two outer with a large scarlet spot, margined basally
with black, on the outer web at the tip, the inner web with a yellow border
at the tip on the outer feather; bend of the wing light cadmium; tail
saccardo olive, becoming orange-citrine on the outer feather, the central
feathers barred with black but this barring only showing as shadow bars

1Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

15—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (57)

58 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

on the outer feather, the first feather with a light cadmium tip, the second
and third feather with a sub-terminal light cadmium bar and a scarlet
tip, the remaining tail feathers with scarlet tips; tail below aniline yellow.
Wing, 75; tail, 85; culmen, 14; tarsus, 29.5; middle-toe, 16 mm.

Female.—Like the male, but largely lacking the raw sienna wash on the
forehead, superciliaries, and sides of neck, the scarlet on the wings reduced,
and the scarlet tips to the under tail-coverts and tail lacking.

Remarks.—In the six males in the series there is some slight variation.
The lores in two are pinard yellow. The black barring on the central
tail-feathers in several are more pronounced than in the type and in one
the feathers are solidly black sub-terminally. While Liociehla steerii differs
quite markedly in detail of color from Liocichla omeiensis, the pattern is
pretty much the same. In structure the two species are almost identical,
except in omeiensis the feathers of the forehead and crown are more lanceo-
late, and the scarlet semi-decomposed edging to the wings, under tail-
coverts, and tips of the tail feathers are unique. The latter can hardly
be used as a generic character, however, as it is largely absent in the
female.

SS ee ee

Vol. 39, pp. 59-60 July 30, 1926

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHING

BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL.

Among a small lot of shells collected in Greenland by the
National Geographic Society’s expedition of 1925, nearly all
well known Greenland species, I find two specimens of a Mar-
garites which seems to have been missed by previous collectors.
Since the Greenland seas have been industriously explored for

Mollusks since the time of Fabricius in 1780, and not only the

resident Danes but a multitude of Arctic explorers have paid
particular attention to the shells, this was most unexpected.
Moreover the species which was dredged in thirty fathoms at
Etah, is quite emphatically distinct from any now known from
the Arctic regions, notwithstanding the fact that the west
Greenland Mollusk fauna, apart from that of the British isles,
is perhaps the best known in the world. As a specific name
I have selected that of the able president of the society.

Margarites grosvenori, n. sp.

Shell turbiniform, thin, translucent pearly white, with four and a half
well rounded whorls; suture very distinct, the nucleus minute, smooth;
surface sculptured by fine close regular spiral striation; base well rounded;
the aperture nearly circular, the margin thin, continued over the body by
a well marked layer of enamel, the inner lip nearly covering a narrow um-
bilical opening; the operculum thin, horny, multispiral, and more or less
concave externally. Height of shell, 8.0; of last whorl, 6.5; diameter of
shell, 8.0, of the aperture, 4.0 mm., U.S. National Museum Catalogue No.
363551.

16—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (59)

Vol. 39, pp. 61-62 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIN

A NEW PECTEN FROM COLOMBI
BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL.

The following species was found in wave formed terraces on
the northern shore of the U. 8. of Colombia with many other
shells, many retaining their natural color.

Pecten (Chlamys) linki, n. sp.

Shell thin, reddish, yellowish, or slate color, generally suffused; inequilat-
eral, slightly oblique; the right valve slightly flatter than the other; major
sculpture of 14 to 16 narrow rounded ribs with sub-equal shallow inter-
spaces not channelled; minor sculpture of very fine, slightly raised, close-
set concentric lamellae, strongest on the ears; anterior ear narrow, with a
deep notch, the ctenolium with five denticles; posterior ear wider, both with
four or five obsolete radial threads, well separated; interior of the valve
with the spaces corresponding to the outer ribs, channelled; hinge line
straight, strongly cross-striated; ligamentary pit moderate in size. Left
valve with 14 to 18, but usually 16 ribs with wider interspaces; the rounded
summits of the ribs with fine radial striation; the concentric minor sculp-
ture as in the right valve; anterior ear smaller than the posterior, with a
well-marked rounded sulcus below it; both ears with four or five faint radial
threads; interior radially channelled in harmony with the exterior ribbing;
where the ears join the disk the crura are prominent. Height of shell 42,
width 47, diameter circa 12; hinge ine 33 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
333691.

Collected by Theo. A. Link on the north coast of the U.S. of Colombia,
Department of Antioquia, in raised terraces of clay and sand, probably
late Pleistocene. Localities: One-half mile west of Rio San Juan; Zapato;
and near Cartagena. The species will probably be found living by dredg-
ing off the coast. The shells found with this Pecten are nearly all recent
species. The shell is most nearly allied to the northern P. concentricus,
which has similar minor sculpture but is much larger and relatively more
inflated. Thirty valves were obtained of which only seven were right
valves. Nineteen of the valves had 16 ribs, the larger number of the extra
or deficient ribs being due to differences in the small lateral riblets.

17—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 39, 1926. (61)

Vol. 39, pp. 63-66 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WA

ees f= J 70
NEW SHELLS FROM JAPAN AND THES )CHOO

ISLANDS. Usey
BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL.

Among the shells collected by Messrs. Langford and Thaanum
during the summer of 1925 in the Loochoo (Riu Kiu) Islands
and Japan were several which appear to be new, indicating
the extraordinary richness of the mollusk fauna of that region.
Descriptions follow.

Dentalium luchuanum, n. sp.

Shell thin, translucent white, polished except for a short distance (about
one-fifth the total length) near the posterior end, which is finely closely
longitudinally striated; concentric sculpture only of sparse irregular faint
incremental lines; both orifices circular, the posterior without sulci or slits;
the shell is gently curved; length 39, diameter at orifice 2, perpendicular to
the arch of the curve 2.5mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 333692.

Dredged in 15 fathoms at Nago, Okinawa, Loochoo Islands, by Langford
and Thaanum. Thaanum collection No. 9596.

Mitra satsumae, n. sp.

Shell short, biconic, with about a dozen subangular ribs with wider inter-
spaces; whorls about nine, rapidly enlarging; suture closely appressed, in-
conspicuous; ground color black, with a whitish band at the posterior mar-
gin of the whorl, which, as it crosses the ribs, has a tinge of brown; there is
a narrower whitish line just in front of the periphery which when it crosses
the ribs gives a nodular effect; there are three or four rude cords around the
region of the canal; aperture narrow, with a white subsutural ridge and
four white plaits on the pillar; outer lip sharp, with a whitish margin and
black within; height, 19; aperture, 10; diameter, 9 mm. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 333693.

Collected at Waki, Satsuma, Japan. Thaanum collection No. 9436.

The periostracum is finely axially striated.

18—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (63)

64 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Mitra nakama, n. sp.

Shell minute, black, with a paler band at the posterior edge of the last
whorl and a half; whorls about six, the nucleus smooth and somewhat ir-
regularly swollen; suture closely appressed; axial sculpture of about 20
narrow low threadlike ribs with subequal interspaces; spiral sculpture of
faint obsolescent striae between the ribs and two or three threads on the
canal; aperture narrow, outer lip sharp; throat blackish, pillar with three
dark plaits; canal hardly differentiated; height, 7; aperture, 3; diameter,
3mm. U.S. Nat Mus. Cat. No. 333694. .

Collected at Nakama Island, Okinawa, Loochoo Ids. Thaanum collec-
tion 9576.

This is doubtless one of the smallest species of the group. The surface
is smooth except for the sculpture, but hardly polished.

Genus PLANAXIS Lamarck.

Type, Planazis sulcata Lamarck.

Subgenus Angiola, nov.

Shell differing from typical Planaxis by minute size, thin shell, hispid
periostracum, and in details of the radula. Type:

Angiola periscelida, n. sp.

Shell minute, acute, with about seven whorls, microscopically hispid;
whorls translucent, glassy, with a strong spiral purple brown line (sometimes
duplex) at the periphery, which on the spire appears just behind the suture;
another less conspicuous similar line occurs just behind the canal; suture
distinct, not deep, the whorls moderately convex; sculpture of fine equal
spiral striae over the whole surface except on the base near the canal where
there are a few strong threads; there is no axial sculpture; aperture ovate,
the outer lip simple, slightly thickened in the adult; a well marked layer of
enamel on the body and coneavely arcuate pillar; canal short, deeply sul-
cate; operculum horny, oval, with a very small terminal incurvation;
height of shell, 5.5; of last whorl, 3; of aperture, 2.3; diameter, 2.5 mm.
U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 333700. Collected at Waki, Satsuma,
Japan: Thaanum collection 9444.

This pretty little shell has the form, but not the size or the porcellanous
structure of Planaxis zonatus, nor the heavily callous peristome of the latter,
with which it has been compared. The operculum is like that of Planazis or
Litiopa. In measurements Planaxis zonatus is 10 mm. high and 6 mm. in
diameter, or about four times the size of the present species, with the same
number of whorls.

I may note that Rang states that he was not able to find any operculum
in Litiopa, which statement is copied by Philippi in his Handbuch. On the
other hand H. and A. Adams describe it as having “many whorls.”’ The
operculum is really like that of Planawis and is correctly figured by Tros-
chel.

The radula approaches nearest to that of Planaxis nucleus Sowerby, as
figured by Troschel. It is very minute and difficult to untangle. The

Dall—New Shells from Japan and the Loochoo Islands. 65

cusps of the outer lateral are of a different shape from those of 7’. nucleus,
and the inner lateral, as far as could be determined, differs in minor par-
ticulars from that of the latter.

Liotia langfordi, n. sp.

Shell white, solid, with four and a half whorls, the nucleus very minute
and smooth; upper whorls somewhat flattened and subcarinate behind
the periphery; suture coronate by the ends of (on the last whorl about a
dozen) prominent rounded ribs with wider interspaces, which on the spire
reach to the carina, but on the last whorl only become obsolete on the base;
the suture is deeply pitted between the ribs; other axial sculpture is of fine
sharp striae which cover closely the whole shell; spiral sculpture of four to
six threads on the spire between the carina and the suture, a strong cord at
the periphery with pits between it and the carina, and on the base numerous
feeble threads; umbilicus narrow, deep, crenulated at the rim with pits
behind and between the crenulations; aperture circular, with a heavy
expanded margin; operculum horny, brown, multispiral, with minute
calcareous beads on the surface; height, 4; max. diameter, 8; diameter of
aperture,4 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 333695.

Collected at Waki, Satsuma, Japan, in 20 fathoms. Thaanum collec-
tion 9445.

This is nearest to L. hermanni Dunker, but the minor sculpture is dif-
ferent.

Emarginula imaizumi, n. sp.

Shell small, whitish, with irregular gray radiations; the apex elevated,
incurved,—a quarter of the whole length in front of the posterior
margin; sculpture of numerous equal close-set ribs, without intercalaries,
crossed by smaller threads which in passing over the ribs swell to prominent
semicircular nodules; the interspaces are so narrow that reticulation is
hardly visible; the ribs end in sharp denticulations at the margin; the gen-
eral profile is oval, slightly wider abreast the apex; the slit is narrow, 2 1/3
mm. long in the type; the interior is bluish white, with a ridge over the
closed part of the slit; length, 13; height, 4; greatest width, 8.6mm. U.S.
Nat Mus. Cat. No. 333696.

Collected at Imaizumi, Kagoshima Bay, Japan, on oysters, from a
depth of 50 fathoms. Thaanum collection 9403.

Emarginula (imaizumi var.?) imella.

Shell white, the ribs more slender, hardly nodulous except behind the
apex, less close set, so that a punctate reticulation is conspicuous; the slit
relatively shorter; the margin moderately crenulate; otherwise resembling
the preceding form. Length, 12; height, 5; width, 8.3 mm. U.S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 333697.

Collected with the last. Thaanum collection 9402.

It is quite probable that this is merely a variety of E. imaizumi, but the
aspect of the sculpture is so different that it seems desirable to call atten-
tion to it.

66 Proceedings of the Biological Socrety of Washington.

Ischnochiton thaanumi, n. sp.

Chiton of moderate size, dorsum not prominently elevated, anterior
valve with 12, posterior with 8 rather obscure slits, faintly striated; inter-
mediate valves with one slit; gills nearly ambient; girdle with crowded
ovate smooth somewhat imbricated scales, alternately suffused in gray and
whitish patches; general coloration light gray with small round white macu-
lations; anterior valve semicircular, with numerous radiating minutely
beaded threads; posterior valve with a low subcentral mucro, behind which
the surface is minutely reticulate, in front sculptured like the anterior valve;
intermediate valves slightly mucronate, not keeled, the jugal area not de-
fined; lateral tracts with a posterior rib articulated with light and dark color-
ation in front of which are four or five smaller threads; pleural areas with
minute radial threads inconspicuously decussated; the sinus is shallow and
the sutural laminae narrow; length of the (dry) type, 16; width, 12; height
about 3.5mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 333698.

Collected at Nago, Okinawa Island, Loochoo Islands. - Thaanum col-
lection 9594.

The coloration under a lens is extremely elegant.

Ischnochiton melinus, n. sp.

Chiton small, pale greenish-gray with sparse black dots irregularly dis-
tributed, the girdle very minutely closely scaled, with alternate grayish and
blackish patches, having a velvety aspect; back roundly arched, the valves
not mucronate; the whole surface is microscopically decussate, the areas
hardly defined; anterior valve small, feebly radially striate; posterior valve
with subcentral inconspicuous mucro; anterior valve with 12, posterior
with 10, intermediate with 1 slit; the lateral tracts are nearly smooth,
without radial sculpture, merging into the similar pleurals; the sinus is
inconspicuous; length of (dry) shell approximately 10, breadth 5, height
3mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 333699.

Collected in Tokyo Bay, Japan, in 8 fathoms on dead shells; Thaanum
collection 9592.

The gills appear to be about two-thirds ambient.

Vol. 39, pp. 67-70 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDING ;

7 ary a; a
Valaag a
OF THE

“gg
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

fy S

w IN
ASHINGTON 9“
Roan os 99 .

Ons ee
S uy oy
ie MUSEUM y

enrages

THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF
PEROGNATHUS FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA WITH
A SHORT DISCUSSION OF THE TAXONOMIC PO-
SITION OF OTHER PENINSULAR MEMBERS OF
THIS GENUS.

BY LAURENCE M. HUEY.

In diagnosing a collection of mammals recently obtained for
the San Diego Society of Natural History at San Felipe, Lower
California, Mexico, the writer was confronted with the task
of identifying specimens of four groups in the genus Perognathus,
which were all trapped on common ground in the immediate
vicinity of the beach line. Three of the forms are assignable to
the bombycinus, baileyi and penicillatus groups, and the fourth,
with which the present paper deals, seems most nearly related
to Perognathus arenarius, described by Merriam in 1894 from
the south central part of Lower California. Subsequent writers!
have designated P. arenarius Merriam as a subspecies in the
penicillaius group, naming it Perognathus penicillatus arenarius.
In view of the fact that in my collecting at San Felipe six ex-
amples referable to Perognathus penicillatus angustirostris were
captured in the same place as the arenarius specimens, and since
it is well known that two races of the same species can not occupy
the same ground, it seems to me that P. arenarius can not be
given subspecific standing under penicillatus. I therefore pro-
pose for the San Felipe specimens the name:

Perognathus arenarius albescens, subsp. nov.
LIGHT-COLORED POCKET MOUSE.
Type.—From San Felipe, Lower California, Mexico; No. 5103, Collec-

1Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., publ. 79, zool. ser., vol. 3, p. 221. June, 1903.
Osgood, Proce. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 20, p. 20. Feb. 23, 1907.

Townsend, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 31, p. 121. June 14, 1912.

Nelson and Goldman, Proce. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 36, p. 159. May 1, 1923.

19—Proc. Biox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (67)

68 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

tion of the San Diego Society of Natural History; adult =; collected by
Laurence M. Huey, March 23, 1926.

Characters.—Pelage semi-silky, of extremely light color; from between
the eyes and from the level of the back of the ears to the base of the tail
uniform smoke gray (Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color Nomenclature
1912), blending along the sides to the white underparts; some specimens in
the series have a definite, brighter colored buff line separating the entire
darker upperparts from the white underparts; tail scaly, bi-colored, with
dark dorsal stripe, and slight terminal brush of longer hairs; ears well
rounded and almost hairless.

Skull.—Similar to that of P. arenarius (see ‘‘Remarks’’), but squarer
and audital bullae more inflated. Closely resembles helleri of the Pacific
Coast about San Quintin, Lower California, except that it is larger, has
slightly broader nasals and slightly flatter frontals, especially between the
lachrymal bones.

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 170; tail, 95; hind foot, 22; ear, 5;
weight, 15.0 grams. Skull (type): Condylo-basal length, 23.2; width of
bullae, 12.2; length of maxillary tooth-row, 3.0; nasals, 8.8; interorbital
constriction, 6.0.

Averages and extremes.—10 adults, including type: Length, 165.3 (158-
182); tail, 89.9 (83-103); hind foot, 21.6 (20-23); ear, 5 (all); weight, 15.1
(10.9-19.8). Skull: Condylo-basal length, 23.7 (23.3—-24.8); width of bullae,
12.3 (11.8-12.7); length of maxillary tooth-row, 3.1 (3.0-3.4); nasals, 9.1
(8.4-9.7); interorbital constriction, 6.1 (6.0-6.5).

Range.—As far as known, the sandy area bordering San Felipe Bay,
Lower California, Mexico. However, further work in Lower California,
especially the east-central parts, may add considerably to the range given.

Remarks.—¥For the present study, examples of Perognathus arenarius
Merriam from the type locality (San Jorge, near Commondu, Lower Cali-
fornia) have not been available. However, specimens of Perognathus in
the collection of the San Diego Society of Natural History from the vicinity
of Scammon’s Lagoon on the Pacific side of Lower California correspond
closely to Merriam’s published description of P. arenarius,! and it is safe
to say that they are either the same animals or very nearly related. While
they unquestionably possess penicillatus characteristics, the San Felipe
collections demand that they be separated from penicillatus, and in my
estimation, Perognathus hellert, P. penicillatus albulus and P. penicillatus
ammophilus should also be transferred to the arenarius group. The
arenarius forms from the Lower California mainland would then be as
follows:

Perognathus arenarius arenarius Merriam.
Perognathus arenarius ammophilus Osgood.
Perognathus arenarius albulus Nelson and Goldman.
Perognathus arenarius hellert Elliot.

Perognathus arenarius albescens Huey.

1Merriam, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 461. Sept. 27, 1894. (With cut of
skull.)

Huey—A New Subspecies of Perognathus. 69

An important character possessed in common by all specimens in the
above list that I have seen, but not by the true penzcillatus specimens that I
have examined, is the noticeable lateral line separating the dark upper-
parts from the light underparts. It is the most distinct in P. a. helleri,
which is the darkest race of this group.

Specimens examined.—All from Lower California: P. a. arenarius (see
“‘Remarks’’) mainland, south side of Seammon’s Lagoon, 8; Santa Rosalia
Bay (about 50 miles north of Scammon’s Lagoon), 8. P. a. albulus, Mag-
dalena Island, 2. P. a. hellert, San Quintin and vicinity, 36. P. a. albes-
cens, San Felipe, 33.

“

(yas fear
Ulo tS

Vol. 39, pp. 71-74 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WAS

ox é&

. O i
AN INTRODUCED BEETLE RELATED RO4PHE
TOMATO WEEBVIL. ;

BY F. H. CHITTENDEN.

The year 1925 witnessed the discovery of a potential pest
in a species of weevil collected by Charles E. Smith and Norman
Allen, Truck-crop Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology,
first on May 2 at Ponchatoula and Covington and later, June
24, at Hammond, La. The beetles were collected on table
beets, and were not observed in the field after the middle of
July. Although the feeding habits of the species were not
noted, sufficient material was collected for study. From the
close relationship of this species to the tomato weevil, Listro-
deres obliquus Fab., which is known to be injurious, especially
in Australia, this newly discovered insect should be watched
carefully, since like so many insects of its kind it is lable to
prove a pest in the future. It also is a Listroderes, a genus
not known to occur in North America until 1922, but well
represented in South America, where both species are un-
doubtedly indigenous. The weevil under discussion has been
identified by Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall as L. apicalis Waterh.,
described from material taken by Chas. Darwin and others at
Montevideo, Uruguay.

Following is the original description:

Listroderes apicalis Waterh. (Fig. 1.)

Listroderes apicalis Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1841, p. 123;
Ann. Nat. Hist. 1842, pp. 119, 120; Howard, Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr.,
Sept. 20, 1925, pp. 22, 28.

Listr. squamosus, fusco-albescens; antennis piceis; rostro carina longi-
tudinali fusca; capite notis duabus fuscis antice convergentibus; thorace

antice quam postice latiore, ad latera fere recto, antice fovea incurvata,
linea alba longitudinali; elytris thorace duplo latioribus, punctato-striatis;

20—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., VOL. 39, 1926. (71)

72 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

singulis nota nigrescente obliqua, ad apicem albescente, tuberculo dis-
tincto subapicali.

Long. corp. et rostri, 314; lat. 114 lin.

Hab. Monte Video.

This species is considerably less than the L. costirostris, being about
equal in size to the Phytonomus rumicis. The rostrum is rather slender,
nearly twice as long as the head, covered with minute decumbent hairs,
which are of a whitish brown color; in the middle is a longitudinal carina.
The thorax is broader than long; the broadest part is considerably in front
of the middle; in front it becomes somewhat suddenly contracted; the
sides of the thorax converge from near the anterior part towards the
base, and are nearly parallel; the posterior margin is slightly rounded,
being produced in the middle; the hinder angles are obtuse; the upper
surface of the thorax is nearly plane, presenting scarcely any convexity,
and in the forepart is a curved impression, the extremities of which lead
up to the anterior angles; it is densely clothed with scales, and these are
of a very pale brownish color; in parts the scales are of a deep brown color,
and in the middle is a longitudinal line, formed of whitish scales; besides
the scales are some very minute, semi-erect, scattered dusky hairs; the
sculpturing can not well be seen, owing to the covering of scales, but the
thorax appears to be very thickly though not coarsely punctured. The
elytra are oblong, about one-third broader than the thorax; the humeral
angles are prominent and rounded; the sides nearly straight, and the
apex rounded; the surface is convex, but somewhat depressed at the basal
portion of the elytra; punctate-striated; covered with pale brownish scales,
having moreover some very minute scattered spines; the third and fifth
interstices of the striae on each elytron are slightly raised; rather behind
the middle is an oblique deep brown patch, behind which the scales are
white, or nearly so; a distinct angular tubercle is observable on each
elytron, at a short distance from the apex. The legs and antennae are
brown, and covered with minute palish hairs; near the apex of each of
the femora is a whitish ring. (G. R. Waterhouse, 1841.)

The nearest native genus to Listroderes is Listronotus Jekel, containing
28 described species, many of subaquatic habits, in our fauna. These two
genera are very closely related, hence have in common many generic
characters. The former is said to differ chiefly by the possession of the
‘posterior evanescent scrobes.” The two species apicalis and obliquus
differ further from our native Listronotus in being more distinctly de-
pressed and more oblong in form. The prothorax is much widened in
front of the middle and is strongly and widely depressed beyond that point
and behind the apex.

The main differences between the species under discussion and obliquus
are expressed in the following tabular statement:

apicalis.

Dorsal scaly covering pale ocherous
gray.

Pronotum strongly tubulate, pro-
duced at sides and nearly con-
cealing the eyes; sulcate at mid-
dle.

Elytra each with a dark irregular
transverse fascia about 14 from
apex.

obliquus.
Dorsal scales larger, yellow-brown
to darker brown.
Pronotum not so strongly tubulate;
not suleate at middle.

Elytra with a short pale fascia each
converging toward suture.

PiateE I

Proc. Biot. Soc. Wash., Vou. 39, 1926.

pes

Ie[ua A[}Gols ‘o

1}00q

snnbyqo

s

ALIPOMSU[—

G

3) 0 |

‘posivpusa A[yBvors ‘ap}00q /s27p0IdD sasapoujsiT— | “D1

Please substitute this plate for the one issued July 30, 1926,
and inserted between pages 72 and 73 of the paper by F. H.
Chittenden entitled “An Introduced Beetle related to the
Tomato Weevil.”

Chittenden—Beetle Related to the Tomato Weevil. 73

Alternate intervals elevated with a All intervals slightly elevated with
prominent acute, tooth-like pro- a smaller tooth each side.
cess each side.

Dorsal surface beset with short Dorsal surface with longer suberect

semi-recumbent setae, regularly black setae, somewhat irregularly
placed, longer near apex. placed on disc, ocherous gray on
sides and at apex.
Length, 5.0 to 6.0 mm. Length, 7.0 to 8.5 mm.

The male in apicalis has the first two segments glabrous at the middle,
where they form together a distinct concavity; the fifth segment is also
glabrous and concave, the concavity being rounded in outline.

Up to July 15, 1925, Mr. Smith had reported this newly discovered
species from the following localities in Louisiana: Ponchatoula and Ham-
mond in Tangipahoa Parish; Covington, St. Tammany Parish; Livingston,
Livingston Parish; Greensburg, St. Helena Parish and Baton Rouge in
East Baton Rouge Parish.

The male of obliquus has not been identified, indeed it has been learned
by M. M. High and reported by Dr. L. O. Howard (1925) that there is
reason to believe that this species reproduces by parthenogenesis.

The tomato weevil, it might be added, is omnivorous in tendency but
it favors vegetable crops, the list being as follows: turnip and carrot,
whence the names turnip weevil and carrot weevil, tomato, potato, cu-
cumbers, beans, parsnip and lettuce. Chrysanthemum, tobacco in seed
beds and Crystostemma calendulaceum or Cape weed, the last a favorite
food plant, are also attacked. It has also been introduced into South
Africa.

Up to September 20, 1925, this species had become widely established
in southern Mississippi, southern Alabama, southeastern Louisiana and
in two counties in western Florida, but in March and April Mr. T. D.
Urbahns reported outbreaks in Santa Clara and San Jose, California, the
insect appearing in abundance on carrots.

Economic BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ToMATO WEEVIL.

Frencu, Jr., C.—Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Victoria,
December, 1908, and October, 1909.

Lea, A. M.—Descriptions of Australian Curculionidae, with Notes on
previously described Species, Part VIII, Transactions and Proceed-
ings Royal Society, South Australia, Vol. 33, 1909, pp. 174-175.

Frencu, Jr., C.—A Handbook of the Destructive Insects of Victoria,
Part V, 1911. See Ch. CXI, Tomato Weevil, pp. 41-43.

Frocatt, W. W.—The Buff-colored Tomato Weevil (Desiantha nociva)
Agric. Gaz. of N.S. W., Vol. 26, 1915, p. 1065.

CHITTENDEN, F. H.—The Australian Tomato Weevil introduced in the
South, U. 8. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circular 282, July, 1923.

Harnep, R. W.—A new Potato Weevil in Mississippi, Quarterly Bul.
State Plant Board of Mississippi, Vol. 2, No. 4, p. 12, 1923.

74 ~~ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Bynum, E. K.—Notes on the Australian Tomato Weevil, Quarterly Bul.
State Plant Board of Mississippi, Vol. 2, No. 4, p. 12, 1923.

Bynum, E. K.—Controlling the Australian Tomato Weevil, Quarterly Bul.
State Plant Board of Mississippi, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 22.

McCartuy, T.—The Brown Vegetable Weevil [Listroderes (Desiantha
nociva)|, Agric. Gaz. N.S. W., Aug. 1, 1924, pp. 573-580.

McCartuy, T.—Brown Vegetable Weevil, Dept. Agr. N. S. W. Insect
Leaflet No. 13, pp. 1-6, 2 figs.

Howarp, L. O.—Ann. Rept. U. 8. Dept. Agric. Sept. 30, 1925, p. 22.

Vol. 39, pp. 75-104 July 30, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

INTERNATIONAL RULES OF DOOLOGICAL Ei i tHSGaSS
NOMENCLATURE: a :

RULES AND RECOMMENDATIONS.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

Article 1.—Zoological nomenclature is independent of botani- TET

cal nomenclature in the sense that the name of an animal is
not to be rejected simply because it is identical with the name
of a plant. If, however, an organism is transferred from the
vegetable to the animal kingdom its botanical names are to
be accepted in zoological nomenclature with their original
botanical status; and if an organism is transferred from the
animal to the vegetable kingdom its names retain their zoo-
logical status.

Recommendation.—lt is well to avoid introducing into zoology as generic
names such names as are in use in botany.

Article 2.—The scientific designation of animals is uninomi-
nal for subgenera and all higher groups, binominal for species,
and trinominal for subspecies.

See Opinions? Nos. 19, 20, 24, 35, 43, 46, 50, 54.

Article 3.—The scientific names of animals must be words
which are either Latin or Latinized, or considered and treated
as such in case they are not of classic origin.

1[The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature has for some time been out of
print and therefore difficult to obtain. It has seemed desirable to the Biological Society
of Washington to republish this document in order to make it again available to natu-
ralists. In order to make it still more useful, summaries of the Opinions hitherto rendered
by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature are added. The Biological
Society is under great obligation to the Secretary of the International Commission,
Dr. Charles Wardell Stiles, for suggestions and other assistance.—Editor.]

2The Opinions are published by the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. Cc.
* * * Attention is invited to a correction of Opinion 31, published on page 89, ‘‘ Pub-
lication No. 2060.” (See Appendix herewith, p. 91.)

21—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 39, 1926. (75)

76 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

FAMILY AND SUBFAMILY NAMES.

Article 4.—The name of a family is formed by adding the
ending zdae, the name of a subfamily by adding znae, to the stem
of the name of its type genus.

Article 5.—The name of a family or subfamily is to be
changed when the name of its type genus is changed.

GENERIC AND SUBGENERIC NAMES.

Article 6.—Generic and subgeneric names are subject to
the same rules and recommendations, and from a nomencla-
tural standpoint they are coordinate, that is, they are of the
same value.

See Opinion No. 72.

Article 7.—A generic name becomes a subgeneric name, when
the genus so named becomes a subgenus, and vice versa.

Article 8.—A generic name must consist of a single word,
simple or compound, written with a capital initial letter, and
employed as a substantive in the nominative singular. Ex-
amples: Canis, Perca, Ceratodus, Hymenolepis.

Recommendation.—Certain biological groups which have been proposed
distinctly as collective groups, not as systematic units, may be treated
for convenience as if they were genera, but they require no type species.
Examples: Agamodistomum, Amphistomulum, Agamofilaria, Agamomermis,
Sparganum.

See Opinion No. 44.

Recommendations.—The following words may be taken as generic names:

a) Greek substantives, for which the rules of Latin transcription [trans-
literation (see Appendix F)] should be followed. Examples: Ancylus,
Amphibola, Aplysia, Pompholyx, Physa, Cylichna.

b) Compound Greek words, in which the attributive should precede
the principal word. Examples: Stenogyra, Pleurobranchus, Tylodina,
Cyclostomum, Sarcocystis, Pelodytes, Hydrophilus, Rhizobius.

This does not, however, exclude words formed on the model of Hippo-
potamus, namely, words in which the attributive follows the principal word.
Examples: Philydrus, Biorhiza.

c) Latin substantives. Examples: Ancilla, Auricula, Dolium, Harpa,
Oliva. Adjectives (Prasina) and past participles (Productus) are not
recommended.

d) Compound Latin words. Examples: Stiliger, Dolabrifer, Semifusus.

e) Greek or Latin derivatives expressing diminution, comparison, resem-
blance, or possession. Examples: Doliwm, Doliolum; Strongylus, Eustrongy-
lus; Limazx, Limacella, Limacia, Limacina, Limacites, Limacula; Lingula,

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 77

Lingulella, Lingulepis, Lingulina, Lingulops, Lingulopsis; Neomenia, Prone-
omenia; Buteo, Archibuteo; Gordius, Paragordius, Polygordius.

f) Mythological or heroic names. Examples: Osiris, Venus, Brisinga,
Velleda, Crimora. If not Latin, these should be given a Latin termina-
tion (Aegirus, Géndulia).

g) Proper names used by the ancients. Examples: Cleopatra, Belv-
sarius, Melania.

h) Modern patronymics, to which is added an ending to denote dedi-
cation:

a, Names terminating with a consonant take the ending ius, ia, or tum.
Examples: Selysius, Lamarckia, Kéllikeria, Miuilleria, Stdlia, Kréyeria,
Ibanezia.

6B. Names terminating with the vowels e, 7, 0, u, or y take the ending
us, a, or um. Examples: Blainvillea, Wyvillea, Cavolinia, Fatioa, Bernaya,
Quoya, Schulzea.

y. Names terminating with a take the ending ia. Example: Danaia.

5. In generic names formed from patronymics, the particles are omitted
if not coalesced with the name, but the articles are retained. Examples:
Blainvillea, Benedenia, Chiajea, Lacepedea, Dumerilia.

e, With patronymics consisting of two words, only one of these is used
in the formation of a generic name. Examples: Selysius, Targionia, Ed-
wardsia, Duthiersia.

¢. The use of proper names in the formation of compound generic names
is objectionable. Examples: Hugrimmia, Buchiceras, Heromorpha, Mébi-
usispongia.

i) Names of ships which should be treated the same as mythological
names (Vega) or as modern patronymics. Examples: Blakea, Hirondellea,
Challengeria.

j) Barbarous names, that is, words of nonclassic origin. Examples:
Vanikoro, Chilosa. Such words may receive a Latin termination. Ex-
amples: Yetus, Fossarus.

k) Words formed by an arbitrary combination of letters. Examples:
Neda, Clanculus, Salifa, Torix.

1) Names formed by anagram, Examples: Dacelo, Verlusia, Linospa.

Article 9.—If a genus is divided into subgenera, the name
of the typical subgenus must be the same as the name of the
genus (see Art. 25).

Article 10.—When it is desired to cite the name of a sub-
genus, this name is to be placed in parentheses between the
generic and the specific names. Examples: Vanessa (Pyra-
mets) cardut.

SPECIFIC AND SUBSPECIFIC NAMES.

Article 11.—Specific and subspecific names are subject to
the same rules and recommendations, and from a nomencla-

78 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

tural standpoint they are coordinate, that is, they are of the
same value.

Article 12.—A_ specific name becomes a subspecific name
when the species so named becomes a subspecies, and vice
versa.

Article 13.—While specific substantive names derived from
names of persons may be written with a capital initial letter,
all other specific names are to be written with a small initial
letter. Examples: Rhizostoma Cuviert or Rh. cuviert, Franco-
linus Lucani or F. lucani, Hypoderma Diana or H. diana,
Laophonte Mohammed or L. mohammed, Estrus ovis, Corvus
corax.

Article 14.—Specific names are:

a) Adjectives, which must agree grammatically with the
generic name. Example: Felis marmorata.

b) Substantives in the nominative in apposition with the
generic name. Example: Felis leo.

c) Substantives in the genitive. Examples: rosae, sturi-
onis, antillarum, galliae, sancti-paul, sanctae-helenae.

If the name is given as a dedication to one or several persons,
the genitive is formed in accordance with the rules of Latin
declination in case the name was employed and declined in
Latin. Examples: plinii, aristotelis, victoris, antonii, elisa-
bethae, petri (given name).

If the name is a modern patronymic, the genitive is always
formed by adding, to the exact and complete name, an 7 if the
person is a man, or an ae if the person is a woman, even if the
name has a Latin form; it is placed in the plural if the dedica-
tion involves several persons of the same name. Examples:
cuviert, mobiusi, nufezi, merianae, sarasinorum, bosi (not
bovis), salmoni (not salmonis).

Recommendation.—The best specific name is a Latin adjective, short,
euphonic, and of easy pronunciation. Latinized Greek words or bar-
barous words may, however, be used. Examples: gymnocephalus, echin-
ococcus, ziczac, agutt, hoacili, urubitinga.

It is well to avoid the introduction of the names typicus and typus as

new names for species or subspecies, since these names are always liable
to result in later confusion.

See Opinions Nos. 8, 50, 64.

Article 15.—The use of compound proper names indicating

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 79

dedication, or of compound words indicating a comparison
with a simple object does not form an exception to Art. 2. In
these cases the two words composing the specific name are
written as one word with or without the hyphen. Examples:
Sanctae-Catharinae or sanctaecatharinae, jan-mayent or jan-
mayent, cornu-pastoris or cornupastoris, cor-anguinum or coran-
guinum, cedo-nullt or cedonullt.

Expressions like rudis planusque are not admissible as specific
names.

See Opinion No. 50.

Article 16.—Geographic names are to be given as substan-
tives in the genitive, or are to be placed in an adjectival form.
Examples: sancti-pauli, sanctae-helenae, edwardiensis, diemenen-
sis, magellanicus, burdigalensis, vindobonensis.

Recommendation.—Geographic names used by the Romans or by Latin
writers of the middle ages are to be adopted in preference to more recent
forms. Words like bordeausiacus and viennensis are poor, but are not to
be rejected on this account.

Article 17.—If it is desired to cite the subspecific name, such
name is written immediately following the specific name, with-
out the interposition of any mark of punctuation. Example:
Rana esculenta marmorata Hallowell, but not Rana esculenta
(marmorata) or Rana marmorata Hallowell.

Article 18.—The notation of hybrids may be given in several
ways; in all cases the name of the male parent precedes that
of the female parent, with or without the sexual signs:

a) The names of the two parents are united by the sign of multiplica-
tion (X). Example: Capra hircus & X Ovis aries 9 and Capra hircus X
Ovis aries are equally good formulae.

b) Hybrids may also be cited in form of a fraction, the male parent
forming the numerator and the female parent the denominator. Ex-
Capra hircus

Ovis aries ~
it permits the citation of the person who first published the hybrid form
Bernicla canadensis

Anser cygnoides Rabé.

c) The fractional form is also preferable in case one of the parents is
itself a hybrid.

Tetrao tetrix X Tetrao urogallus,
Gallus gallus

ample: This second method is in so far preferable that

as such. Example:

Example:

80 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

In the latter case, however, the parentheses may be used. Example:
(Tetrao tetrix X Tetrao urogallus) X Gallus gallus.

d) When the parents of the hybrid are not known as such [parents],
the hybrid takes provisionally a specific name, the same as if it were a
true species, namely, as if it were not a hybrid; but the generic name is
preceded by the sign of multiplication. Example: X Coregonus dolosus
Fatio.

FORMATION, DERIVATION, AND ORTHOGRAPHY OF ZOOLOGICAL
NAMES.

Article 19.—The original orthography of a name is to be
preserved unless an error of transcription, a lapsus calami, or
a typographical error is evident.

See Opinions Nos. 8, 26, 27, 29, 34, 36, 41, 60, 61, 63, 70.

Recommendation.—For scientific names it is advisable to use some other
type than that used for the text. Example: Rana esculenta [italics]
Linné, 1758, lives in Europe.

Article 20.—In forming names derived from languages in
which the Latin alphabet is used, the exact original spelling,
including diacritic marks, is to be retained. Examples: Se-
lysius, Lamarckia, Kollikeria, Miilleria, Stalia, Kréyeria, Iba-
nezia, mobiusi, medici, cZjZeki, spitzbergensis, islandicus, para-
guayensis, patagonicus, barbadensis, faréensis.

Recommendations.—The prefixes sub and pseudo should be used only
with adjectives and substantives, sub with Latin words, pseudo with
Greek words, and they should not be used in combination with proper
names. Examples: subviridis, subchelatus, Pseudacanthus, Pseudophis,
Pseudomys. Words like sub-wilsont and pseudo-grateloupana are not
recommended.

The terminations oides and ides should be used in combination only
with Greek or Latin substantives; they should not be used in combination
with proper names.

Geographic and patronymic names from countries which have no recog-
nized orthography or which do not use the Latin alphabet should be
transcribed into Latin according to the rules adopted by the Geographic
Society of Paris. (See Appendix G.)

In proposing new names based upon personal names, which are written
sometimes with 4, 6 or ti, at other times with ae, oe and ue, it is recom-
mended that authors adopt ae, oe and ue. Example: muelleri in prefer-
ence to miillert.

AvutTHor’s NAME.

Article 21.—The author of a scientific name is that person
who first publishes the name in connection with an indication,

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 81

a definition, or a description, unless it is clear from the con-
tents of the publication that some other person is responsible
for said name and its indication, definition, or description.
Article 22.—If it is desired to cite the author’s name, this
should follow the scientific name without interposition of any
mark of punctuation; if other citations are desirable (date,
sp. n., emend., sensu stricto, etc.) these follow the author’s
name, but are separated from it by a comma or by parenthesis.
Examples: Primates Linné, 1758, or Primates Linné (1758).
Recommendation.—When the name of the author of a scientific name is

abbreviated, the writer will do well to conform to the list of abbreviations
published by the Zoological Museum of Berlin.}

Article 23.—When a species is transferred to another than
the original genus or the specific name is combined with any
other generic name than that with which it was originally
published, the name of the author of the specific name is re-
tained in the notation but placed in parentheses. Examples:
Taenia lata Linné, 1758, and Dibcthriocephalus latus (Linné,
1758); Fasciola hepatica Linné, 1758, and Distoma hepaticum
(Linné, 1758).

If it is desired to cite the author of the new combination,
his name follows the parentheses. Example: Limnatis nilotica
(Savigny, 1820) Moquin-Tandon, 1826.

Article 24.—When a species is divided, the restricted species
to which the original specific name of the primitive species is
attributed may receive a notation indicating both the name of
the original author and the name of the reviser. Example:
Taenia solium Linné, partim, Goeze.

Tur LAw oF PRIORITY.

Article 25.—The valid name of a genus or species can be
only that name under which it was first designated on the
condition:

a) That this name was published and accompanied by an
indication, or a definition, or a description; and

b) That the author has applied the principles of binary
nomenclature.

1Liste der Autoren zoologischer Art-und Gattungsnamen zusammengestellt von
den Zoologen des Museum fiir Naturkunde in Berlin. Berlin, 2. vermehrte Auflage, 8°,
1896.

82 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

See Opinions Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 10, 12, 18, 15-17, 19-21, 24, 28, 37-40,
46, 49-54, 56-59, 65-67, 73-78, 84, 85, 87, 88, 90.

APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF PRIORITY.

Article 26.—The tenth edition of Linné’s Systema Naturae,
1758, is the work which inaugurated the consistent general
application of the binary nomenclature in zoology. The date
1758, therefore, is accepted as the starting point of zoological
nomenclature and of the Law of Priority.

See Opinions Nos. 3, 12, 13, 15, 16, 51, 52.

Article 27.—The Law of Priority obtains and consequently
the oldest available name is retained:

a) When any part of an animal is named before the animal
itself ;

b) When any stage in the life history is named before the
adult;

c) When the two sexes of an animal have been considered
as distinct species or even as belonging to distinct genera;

d) When an animal represents a regular succession of dis-
similar generations which have been considered as belonging
to different species or even to different genera.

See Opinions Nos. 44, 88.

Article 28.—A genus formed by the union of two or more
genera or subgenera takes the oldest valid generic or subgeneric
name of its components. If the names are of the same date,
that selected by the first reviser shall stand.

The same rule obtains when two or more species or subspecies
are united to form a single species or subspecies.

Recommendation.—In absence of any previous revision, the establish-
ment of precedence by the following method is recommended:

a) A generic name accompanied by specification of a type has prece-
dence over a name without such specification. If all or none of the genera
have types specified, that generic name takes precedence the diagnosis
of which is most pertinent.

b) A specific name accompanied by both description and figure stands
in preference to one accompanied only by a diagnosis or only by a figure.

c) Other things being equal, that name is to be preferred which stands
first in the publication (page precedence).

See Opinion No. 40.

Article 29.—If a genus is divided into two or more restricted

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 83

genera, its valid name must be retained for one of the restricted
genera. If a type was originally established for said genus,
the generic name is retained for the restricted genus contain-
ing said type.

Recommendation.—To facilitate reference, it is recommended that when
an older species is taken as type of a new genus, its name should be actually
combined with the new generic name in addition to citing it with the old
generic name. Example: Gilberiella Kigenmann, 1903, Smithsonian Mise.
Coll., v. 45, p. 147, type Gilbertella alata (Steindachner) = Anacyrtus
alatus Steindachner.

See Opinion No. 10.

Article 30.—The designation of type species of genera shall
be governed by the following rules (a-g), applied in the follow-
ing order of precedence:

See Opinions Nos. 11, 14, 18, 23, 31-33, 42, 43, 45, 62, 68, 69, 71, 79,
81, 86.

I. Cases in which the generic type is accepted solely upon
the basis of the original publication:

a) When in the original publication of a genus, one of the
species is definitely designated as type, this species shall be
accepted as type, regardless of any other considerations. (Type
by original designation.) (See Opinion No. 7.)

b) If in the original publication of a genus, typicus or typus
is used as a new specific name for one of the species, such use
shall be construed as “‘type by original designation.”’

c) A genus proposed with a single original species takes that
species as its type. (Monotypical genera.) (See Opinions
Nos. 6, 9, 22, 30, 42, 47.)

d) If a genus, without originally designated (see a) or indi-
cated (see b) type, contains among its original species one
possessing the generic name as its specific or subspecific name,
either as valid name or synonym, that species or subspecies
becomes ipso facto type of the genus. (Type by absolute
tautonymy.) (See Opinions Nos. 16, 33, 35.)

II. Cases in which the generic type is accepted not solely
upon basis of the orginal publication:

e) The following species are excluded from consideration in
determining the types of genera. (See Opinions Nos. 14, 32,
35, 56.)

84 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

a. Species which were not included under the generic name
at the time of its original publication.

g. Species which were species inquirendae from the stand-
point of the author of the generic name at the time of its pub-

lication.
y. Species which the author of the genus doubtfully referred

to it.

f) In case a generic name without originally designated type
is proposed as a substitute for another generic name, with or
without type, the type of either, when established, becomes
ipso facto type of the other. (See Opinions Nos. 9, 46.)

g) If an author, in publishing a genus with more than one
valid species, fails to designate (see a) or to indicate (see b, d)
its type, any subsequent author may select the type, and such
designation is not subject to change. (Type by subsequent
designation.) (See Opinions Nos. 6, 9, 10, 32, 56.)

The meaning of the expression “‘select the type” is to be
rigidly construed. Mention of a species as an illustration or
example of a genus does not constitute a selection of a type. |

III. Recommendations.—In selecting types by subsequent designation,
authors will do well to govern themselves by the following reeommenda-
tions:

h) In ease of Linnaean genera, select as type the most common or the
medicinal species. (Linnaean rule, 1751.)

i) If a genus, without designated type, contains among its original
species one possessing as a specific or subspecific name, either as valid
name or synonym, a name which is virtually the same as the generic name,
or of the same origin or same meaning, preference should be shown to that
species in designating the type, unless such preference is strongly con-
traindicated by other factors. (Type by virtual tautonymy.) Examples:
Bos taurus, Equus caballus, Ovis aries, Scomber scombrus, Sphaerostoma
globiporum; contraindicated in Dipetalonema (compare species Filaria
dipetala, of which only one sex was described, based upon one specimen
and not studied in detail).

j) If the genus contains both exotic and nonexotic species from the
standpoint of the original author, the type should be selected from the
nonexotic species.

k) If some of the original species have later been classified in other
genera, preference should be shown to the species still remaining in the
original genus. (Type by elimination).

1) Species based upon sexually mature specimens should take precedence
over species based upon larval or immature forms.

m) Show preference to species bearing the name communis, vulgaris,
medicinalis or officinalis.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 85

n) Show preference to the best described, best figured, best known,
or most easily obtainable species, or to one of which a type specimen can
be obtained.

0) Show preference to a species which belongs to a group containing
as large a number of the species as possible. (De Candolle’s rule.)

p) In parasitic genera, select, if possible, a species which occurs in
man or some food animal or in some very common and widespread host
species.

q) All other things being equal, show preference to a species which
the author of the genus actually studied at or before the time he proposed
the genus.

r) In case of writers who habitually placed a certain leading or typical
species first as “‘chef de file,” the others being described by comparative
reference to this, this fact should be considered in the choice of the type
species.

s) In case of those authors who have adopted the “‘first species rule’’
in fixing generic types, the first species named by them should be taken
as types of their genera.

t) All other things being equal, page precedence should obtain in select-
ing a type.

Article 31.—The division of a species into two or more re-
stricted species is subject to the same rules as the division of
a genus. But a specific name which undoubtedly rests upon
an error of identification can not be retained for the misdeter-
mined species even if the species in question are afterwards
placed in different genera. Example: Taenza pectinata Goeze,
1782 = Cittotaenia pectinata (Goeze), but the species errone-
ously determined by Zeder, 1800, as ‘‘ Taenia pectinata Goeze”’
= Andrya rhopalocephala (Riehm); the latter species does not
take the name Andrya pectinata (Zeder). (See Opinion No. 13.)

REJECTION oF NAMES.

Article 32.—A generic or a specific name, once published,
can not be rejected, even by its author, because of inappropri-
ateness. Examples: Names like Polyodon, Apus, albus, etc.,
when once published, are not to be rejected because of a claim
that they indicate characters contradictory to those possessed
by the animals in question.

Article 33.—A name is not to be rejected because of tau-
tonymy, that is, because the specific or the specific and sub-
specific names are identical with the generic name. Examples:
Trutta trutta, Apus apus apus.

86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Article 34.—A generic name is to be rejected as a homonym’
when it has previously been used for some other genus! of
animals. Example: Trichina Owen, 1835, nematode, is re-
jected as homonym of Trichina Meigen, 1830, insect.

See Opinions Nos. 12, 29, 83.

CODE OF ETHICS.

Without presuming to be the arbiter of. points of general ethics, the
Commission is persuaded that there is one phase of this subject upon which
it is competent to speak, and in reference to this point it suggests to the
Congress the adoption of the following resolution:

Whereas—experience has shown that authors, not infrequently, inad-
vertently publish as new designations of genera or species, names that
are preoccupied, and

Whereas—experience has also shown that some other authors, discover-
ing the homonymy, have published new names for the later homonyms
in question, be it therefore

RESOLVED—That when it is noticed by any zoologist that the generic
or specific name published by any living author as new is in reality a
homonym, and therefore unavailable under Articles 34 and 36 of the Rules
on Nomenclature, the proper action, from a standpoint of professional
etiquette, is for said person to notify said author of the facts of the case,
and to give said author ample opportunity to propose a substitute name.

Article 35.—A specific name is to be rejected as a homonym?
when it has previously been used for some other species or sub-
species of the same genus. Example: Taenia ovilla Rivolta,
1878 (n. sp.), is rejected as homonym of 7’. ovilla Gmelin, 1790.

1Beside the special journals and special nomenclators of various groups, authors will
find the following publications very valuable in determining whether any given subgeneric,
generic or Supergeneric name is preoccupied, and if authors will consult these works before
publishing new names, considerable confusion and later change of names will be avoided:

C. D.SHerporn. Index animalium sive index nominum quae ab A. D. 1758, generibus
et speciebus animalium imposita sunt. Societatibus eruditorum adjuvantibus a Carlo
Davis Sherborn confectus. Sectio I a kalendis januariis, 1758, usque ad finem decembris,
1800. Cantabrigiae, 1902, 8°.

Continuation for 1801-1850 now being issued in parts.

S. H. Scupprr. Nomenclator zoologicus. An alphabetical list of all generic names
that have been employed by naturalists for recent and fossil animals from the earliest
times to the close of the year 1879. In 2 parts; I. Supplemental list. II. Universal
index. Washington, 1882, 8°.

C. O. WarrrHovusE. Index zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in zoology as recorded in the Zoological Record, 1880-
1900, and 1901-1910, together with other names not included in the Nomenclator zoo-
logicus of S. H. Scudder. Compiled * * * by Charles Owen Waterhouse, and edited
by David Sharp. London, 1902 and 1912, 8°.

The Zoological Record, XX XVIII (et seg.). Being records of zoological literature
relating chiefly to the year 1901 (et seg.). London, 1902 (et seg.), 8°. Index to names of
new genera and subgenera.

Register zum zoologischer Anzeiger. Herausgegeben von J. V. Carus, Jahrgang
1-10 (1878-1887), 11-15 (1888-1892), 16-20 (1893-1897), 21-25 (1898-1902). Leipzig,
1889, 1898, 1899, 1903, 8°.

Nomenclator animalium generum et subgenerum. Now (1926 et seq.) being issued
in parts by the Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

2A homonym is one and the same name for two or more different things. Synonyms
are different names for one and the same thing.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 87

When in consequence of the union of two genera, two different
animals having the same specific or subspecific name are brought
into one genus, the more recent specific or subspecific name is
to be rejected as a homonym.

Specific names of the same origin and meaning shall be con-
sidered homonyms if they are distinguished from each other
only by the following differences:

a) The use of ae, oe, and e, as caeruleus, coeruleus, ceruleus;
et, 7 and y, as chiropus, chetropus; c and k as microdon, mik-
rodon.

b) The aspiration or non-aspiration of a consonant, as
oxyryncus, oxyrhynchus.

c) The presence or absence of a c before ¢, as autumnalis,
auctumnalis.

d) By a single or double consonant; litoralis, littoralis.

e) By the endings ensis and iensis to a geographical name,
as timorensis, timoriensis.

Article 36.—Rejected homonyms can never be used again.
Rejected synonyms can be used again in case of the res-
toration of erroneously suppressed groups. Example: Taenia
giardi Moniez, 1879, was suppressed as a synonym of Taenia
ovilla Rivolta, 1878; later it was discovered that Taenia ovilla
was preoccupied (Taenia ovilla Gmelin, 1790). Taenia ovilla,
1878, is suppressed as a homonym, and can never be used again;
it was stillborn and can not be brought to life, even when the
species is placed in another genus (Thysanosoma). Taenia
giardz, 1879, which was suppressed as a synonym, becomes
valid upon the suppression of the homonym Taenza ovilla Ri-

volta.

Recommendations.—It is well to avoid the introduction of new generic
names which differ from generic names already in use only in termination
or in a slight variation in spelling which might lead to confusion. But
when once introduced, such names are not to be rejected on this account.
Examples: Picus, Pica; Polyodus, Polyodon, Polyodonta, Polyodontas, Poly-
odontus; Macrodon, Microdon.

The same recommendation applies to new specific names in any given
genus. Examples: necator, necatrix; furcigera, furcifera; rhopalocephala,
rhopaliocephala.

If from the radical of a geographic name two or more adjectives are
derived, it is not advisable to use more than one of them as specific name
in the same genus, but if once introduced they are not to be rejected on

88 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

this account. Examples: hispanus, hispanicus; moluccensis, moluccanus;
sinensis, sinicus, chinensis; ceylonicus, zeylanicus.

The same recommendation applies also to other words derived from the
same radical and differing from each other only in termination or by a
simple change in spelling.

SUSPENSION OF RULES IN CERTAIN CASES. -

RESOLVED.—That plenary power is herewith conferred
upon the International Commission on Zoological Nomencla-
ture, acting for this Congress, to suspend the Régles as applied
to any given case, where in its judgment the strict application
of the Régles will clearly result in greater confusion than uni-
formity, provided, however, that not less than one year’s notice
shall be given in any two or more of the following publications,
namely, Bulletin de la Société zoologique de France, Monitore
Zoologico, Nature, Science (N. Y.), and Zoologischer Anzeiger,
that the question of a possible suspension of the Régles as
applied to such case is under consideration, thereby making
it possible for zoologists, particularly specialists in the group
in question, to present arguments for or against the suspension
under consideration; and provided, also, that the vote in Com-
mission is unanimously in favor of suspension; and provided,
further, that if the vote in Commission is a two-thirds majority
of the full Commission, but not a unanimous vote in favor of
suspension, the Commission is hereby instructed to report the
facts to the next succeeding International Congress; and

RESOLVED.—That in the event that a case reaches the
Congress, as hereinbefore described, with a two-thirds majority
of the Commission in favor of suspension, but without unani-
mous report, it shall be the duty of the President of the Section
on Nomenclature to select a special board of 3 members, con-
sisting of one member of the Commission who voted on each
side of the question and one ex-member of the Commission who
has not expressed any public opinion on the case, and this special
board shall review the evidence presented to it, and its report,
either majority or unanimous, shall be final and without appeal,
so far as the Congress is concerned; and

RESOLVED.—That the foregoing authority refers in the
first instance and especially to cases of the names of larval stages
and the transference of names from one genus or species to
another; and

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 89

RESOLVED.—That the Congress fully approves the plan
that has been inaugurated by the Commission of conferring with
special committees from the special group involved in any given
case, and that it authorizes and instructs the Commission to
continue and extend this policy.

See Opinions Nos. 76, 80, 82, 89, 90.

APPENDIX.

A.—It is very desirable that the proposition of every new systematic
group should be accompanied by a diagnosis, both individual and differ-
ential, of said group in English, French, German, Italian, or Latin. This
diagnosis should state in what museum the type specimen has been de-
posited and should give the museum [catalogue] number of said specimen.

It is recommended that in published descriptions of a new species or
new subspecies, only one specimen be designated and labeled as type, the
other specimens examined by the author at the same time being paratypes. _

B.—In publications issued in any other language than English, French,
German, Italian, or Latin, it is very desirable that the explanation of figures
be translated into one of these tongues.

C.—The metric system of weights and measures and the centigrade
thermometer of Celsius are adopted as standard. The micron (0.001 mm.),
represented by the Greek letter 4, is adopted as the unit of measure in
microscopic work.

D.—The indication of enlargement or of reduction, which is very de-
sirable for the comprehension of an illustration, should be expressed in
figures rather than by mentioning the system of lenses used.

E.—The indication of enlargement or reduction of an object is usually
linear. The sign of multiplication is used for enlargement and the frac-
tion for reduction. Examples: X 50 indicates that the object is enlarged
50 times. 4 indicates that it is reduced to -jth.

If it is desired to specify that the enlargement is linear, surface, or mass,
this may be done as follows: X 50! indicates linear enlargement; X 50?
indicates surface enlargement; X 50? indicates mass enlargement.

F.—Transliteration of Greek words.—The following table indicates the
manner in which Greek words should be transliterated:

€ =e (Ud deos) Hyalea, not Hyalaea
n =e (reipy vn) Pirena, not Pirina
fnaln =a (weipyv7) Pirena, not Pirene
QO = fe (7760s) Tethys, not Tetys
Bo eG (BaXtos) Balia, not Balea
eo Se (imroxpyvn) Hippocrena, not Hippochrenes
§& =f (&évos) Xenus, Xenophora
pe — iT (wrepbv) Pterum
0 ee (0B6s) Hybolithus, not Hibolites

90 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

ac =ae (Aluvatos) Limnaea, not Limnea

av =au_ (ydaukés) Glaucus

ea =7% (xetXos) Chilostomum, not Cheilostoma

ev =eu (edpos) Eurus

@,01 = 0e (oikéw) Dioeca, Dendroeca, not Dioica, Dendroica

final ov =um (égirrwv) Ephippium, not Ephippion
final os = us (6u¢adés) EKuomphalus, not Euomphalos
ov =u (Aourypiov) Luterium, not Lotorium
vy =ng_ (dyyapela) Angaria
yx =nch (ayxicTouov) Anchistomum, not Angistoma

yk =nc (é&yxirpov) Ancistrodon, not Agkistrodon
6 =rh (péa) Rhea
é€ =he —§ (éppata) Hermaea, not Ermaea

G.—Transcription of Geographic and Proper Names.—The geographic
names of nations which employ the Latin characters are to be written
with the orthography of the country in which they originate.

The following paragraphs apply only to the geographic names of coun-
tries which have no true alphabet or which use letters that are different
from the Latin alphabet.

Names of places, however, which have been established by long usage
preserve their usual orthography. Examples: Algiers, Moscow.

1. The vowels a, e, 7, and o are pronounced as in French, Italian, Span-.
ish, or German. The letter e is never mute.

2. The French sound wu is represented by v% with dieresis, as in German.

38. The French sound ow is represented by u, as in Italian, Spanish,
German, etc.

4. The French sound ew is represented by oe, pronounced as in the
French word eil.

5. The long sound of a vowel is indicated by a circumflex accent; the
interrupted sound is indicated by an apostrophe.

6. The consonants 6, d, f, 7, k, l, m, n, p, q, 7, t, v, and z are pronounced
as in French.

7. The letters g and s always have the hard sound, as in the French
words gamelle and sirop.

8. The sound represented in French by ch is designated by sh. Ex-
amples: Shérif, Kashgar.

9. Kh represents the harsh guttural; gh represents the soft guttural of
the Arabs.

10. Th represents the sound which terminates the English word path
(6 in Greek). Dh represents the sound which commences the English word
those (¢ in Greek).

11. Aside from such employment (9, 10) of the letter h modifying the
letter which precedes it, h is always aspirated; the apostrophe is therefore
never used before a word commencing with h.

12. The semivowel represented by y is pronounced as in yole.

13. The semivowel w is pronounced as in the English word William.

14. The double sounds dj, tch, ts, ete., are indicated by letters represent-
ing the sounds which compose them. Example: Matshim.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 91

15. The % is pronounced gn, as in sezgneur.

16. The letters x, c, and g are not used, since they are duplicates of other
letters representing the same sounds; but g may serve to indicate the Ara-
bic gaf and the soft aspirate may be used to represent the Arabic ain.

An attempt should be made to indicate as exactly as possible, by means
of the letters given above, the local pronunciation without trying to give
a complete representation of all the sounds which are heard.

SUMMARIES OF OPINIONS RENDERED.

1. The Meaning of the Word “Indication” in Art. 25a.—The word ‘“‘in-
dication”’ in Art. 25a is to be construed as follows:

A. With regard to specific names, an “indication”’ is (1) a bibliographic
reference, or (2) a published figure (illustration), or (3) a definite citation
of an earlier name for which a new name is proposed.

B. With regard to generic names (1) a bibliographic reference, or (2) a
definite citation of an earlier name for which a new name is proposed, or
(3) the citation or designation of a type species.

In no case is the word “‘indication’’ to be construed as including museum
labels, museum specimens, or vernacular names.

2. The Nature of a Systematic Name.—The Commission is unanimously
of the opinion that a name, in the sense of the Code, refers to the desig-
nation by which the actual objects are known. In other words, we name
the objects themselves, not our conception of said objects. Names based
upon hypothetical forms have, therefore, no status in nomenclature and are
not in any way entitled to consideration under the Law of Priority.

Examples: Pithecanthropus Haeckel, 1866, being the name of a hypo-
thetical genus, has no status under the Code, and does not therefore in-
validate Pithecanthropus Dubois, 1894; Gigantopora minuta Looss, 1907,
Nn. g., n. sp., has no status under the Code, since it is admittedly the name
of a fantastic unit, not based upon any actual objects.

3. The Status of Publications Dated 1758.—The tenth edition of Linné’s
“Systema Nature’”’ was issued very early in the year 1758. For practical
reasons, this date may be assumed to be January Ist, 1758, and any other
zoological publications bearing the date 1758 may be construed as having
appeared subsequent to January Ist. In so far as the date is concerned,
all such publications may, therefore, be construed as entitled to con-
sideration under the Law of Priority.

4. Status of Certain Names Published as Manuscript Names.—Manu-
script names acquire standing in nomenclature when printed in connec-
tion with the provisions of Art. 25, and the question as to their validity is
not influenced by the fact whether such names are accepted or rejected by
the author responsible for their publication.

5. Status of Certain Pre-Linnaean Names Reprinted Subsequent to 1757.—
A pre-Linnaean name, ineligible because of its publication prior to 1758,
does not become eligible simply by being cited or reprinted with its original

92 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

diagnosis after 1757. To become eligible under the Code, such names
must be reinforced by adoption or acceptance by the author publishing the
reprint. Examples: The citation, subsequent to 1757, of a bibliographic
reference to a paper published prior to 1758 does not establish technical
names which may appear in said reference; synonymic citation of pre-
Linnaean names, as in the tenth edition of Linné’s “Systema Nature,”
does not establish such names under the Code.

6. In Case of a Genus A Linnaeus, 1758, with two species Ab and Ac.—
When a later author divides the genus A, species Ab and Ac, leaving genus
A, only species Ab, and genus C, monotypic, with species Ce, the second
author is to be construed as having fixed the type of the genus A. (See
Article 30.)

7. On the Interpretation of the Expression “n. g., n. sp.’ Under Article
30 (a).—The expression ‘“‘n. g., n. sp.,’’ used in publication of a new genus
for which no other species is otherwise designated as genotype, is to be
accepted as designation under Article 30 (a).

8. On the Retention of ii or i in Specific Patronymic Names Under Article
14 (c) and Article 19.—Specific patronymics originally published as end-
ing in 7 (as schrankii, ebbesbornii) are, according to Article 19, to be re-
tained in their original form, despite the provision of Article 14 (c), that
they should have been formed with only one 7.

9. The Use of the Name of a Composite Genus for a Component Part Re-
quiring a Name.—The decision as to whether the name of a composite
genus, when made up wholly of older genera, is tenable for a component
part requiring a name, depends upon a variety of circumstances. There
are circumstances under which such a name may be used, others under
which it may not be used (Art. 30).

10. Designation of Genotypes for Genera Published With Identical Limits.
—If two genera with the same limits are formed independently by different
authors, without designation of genotypes, any subsequent author may
designate the genotypes (Art. 30 g), and if the types designated are not.
specifically identical, the two generic names may (other things being equal)
be used for restricted genera containing the types in question (Art. 25).

11. The Designation of Genotypes by Latreille, 1810.—The “Table des
genres avec l’indication de 1’espéce qui leur sert de type,” in Latreille’s
(1810) ‘‘Considérations générales,” should be accepted as designation of
types of the genera in question (Art. 30).

12. STEPHANOCEROS FIMBRIATUS (Goldfuss, 1820) vs. STEPHANOCEROS.
EICHHORNII Ehrenberg, 1832.—The generic name Stephanoceros, 1832, is to
be used in preference to Coronella, 1820 (pre-occupied, 1768); the specific
name fimbriatus, 1820, takes precedence over eichhornii, 1832, which is
admittedly (Ehrenberg, 1832b, 125, and 1838a, 400-401) jfimbriatus, 1820,
renamed. Ehrenberg was right in rejecting Coronella, 1820, but in error in
rejecting fimbriatus, 1820; no reason is apparent for perpetuating his error.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 93

13. The Specific Name of the Sand Crab.—Catesby’s (1743) pre-Linnaean
name arenarius is not available under the Code, although ‘‘reprinted’”’ in
1771; quadratus 1793 is stated to be preoccupied; albicans 1802 being
the next specific name in the list becomes valid, under the premises sub-
mitied.

14. The Type Species of Erartostoma Rafinesque, 1819.—The designa-
tion of EL. blennioides Rafinesque, 1819, as type of Htheostoma Rafinesque,
1819, by Agassiz, 1854, is not invalidated by the fact that Agassiz used as
basis for his generic diagnosis characters taken from an erroneous specific
determination of 1839. Not only does Agassiz distinctly state that ‘‘ Eth.
blennioides Raf.” is type of ‘“Etheostoma Raf.,” but even if the question of
the erroneous identification of EF. blennioides by Kirtland be taken into con-
sideration the conclusion must be drawn that this erroneous identification
did not exclude the original specimens of E. blennioides from being covered
by this specific name; on the contrary, the name as used by Kirtland, 1839,
still involved the type specimens; removing now the erroneously determined
specimens of 1839, which by Article 30e (a) are excluded from consideration
in designating the genotype, the original type specimens of 1819 remain and,
upon the premises submitted, represent the type of the genus.

15. CRASPEDACUSTA SOWERBII Lankester, 1880, n. g., n. sp., vs. LIMNO-
copiuM victoria Allman, 1880, n. g., n. sp., A Fresh Water Mrepusa.—
Craspedacusta sowerbti Lankester, 1880, June 17, has clear priority over
Limnocodium victoria Allman, 1880, June 24. Presentation of a paper
before a scientific society does not constitute publication in the sense of
the Code. The Commission is without authority to sanction usage in
contravention of the provisions of the Code. [Cf. Suspension, p. 88.]

16. The Status of Prebinomial Specific Names (Published Prior to 1758)
under Art. 30d.—In deciding whether a case of absolute tautonomy is
present (under Art. 30d), the citation of a clear prebinomial specific
name in synonymy is to be construed as complying with the demands of
Art. 30d. Examples: Equus caballus (Equus cited in synonymy in the
sense of “‘the horse’’), Alca torda (Alca cited in synonymy in the sense of
“the Alca’’).

17. Shall the Genera of Weber, 1795, be Accepted?—Weber’s Nomen-
clator Entomologicus, 1795, complies with the requirements of Article 25,
hence the genera in question are to be accepted, in so far as they individually
comply with the conditions of the Code.

18. The Type of Hyprus Schneider, 1799.—On basis of the premises,
caspius Schneider, syn. hydrus Pallas, is type of Hydrus Schneider.—Art.
30d.

19. PLEsiops vs. PHAROPTERYX.—From the evidence, it is not clear
that this case is one of nomenclatorial rather than of zoological nature.
So far as the evidence goes, the question as to whether Riippell was in error
in accepting Plesiops as identical with Pharopteryr must be answered

a

94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

from a systematic point of view. If, from our present-day conception of
generic limits, Riippell was correct, no reason is apparent for not accepting
his nomenclatorial decision.

20. Shall the Genera of Gronow, 1763, be Accepted?—Gronow, 1763, is
binary, though not consistently binominal. Article 25 demands that
an author be binary and Article 2 demands that generic names be
uninominal. Under these Articles, Gronow’s genera are to be accepted
as complying with the conditions prescribed by the Code to render a name
available under the Code. [Cf. 89.] i

21. Shall the Genera of Klein, 1744, Reprinted by Walbaum, 1792, Be
Accepted?—When Walbaum, 1792, reprinted in condensed form (but did
not accept) the genera of Klein, 1744, he did not thereby give to Klein’s
genera any nomenclatorial status, and Klein’s genera do not therefore gain
availability under the present Code by reason of being quoted by Walbaum.

22. CERATICTHYS vs. CLIoLA.—Whatever Baird’s original intentions
may have been, he and Girard originally published (1853) Ceraticthys as a
monotypic genus, describing the genotype (C. vigilax) and giving no indi-
cation that there were any intentions other than to publish a “n. g., n. sp.”
Under Article 30c, vigilax is the type of Ceraticthys.

23. AsPRO vs. CHEILODIPTERUS, or AmMBASSIS.—Under the premises
given, Centropomus macrodon may be taken as type of Aspro 1802 and this
generic name suppressed as synonym of Cheilodipterus, thus safeguarding
Ambassis.

24. ANTENNARIUS Commerson, 1798, and Cuvier, 1817, vs. Histrio
Fischer, 1818—Antennarius Commerson is a uninominal generic name
(Art. 2) of an author who used a binary (Art. 25) (though not binominal) .
nomenclature. It received nomenclatorial status by virtue of its publi-
cation by Lacépéde, 1798, and should date from that time instead of from
Cuvier, 1817. It is therefore not necessary to suppress it in favor of
Histrio, 1813. [Cf. 89.]

25. DAMESIELLA Tornquist, 1899, vs. DAMESELLA Walcott, 1905.—Under
Article 36, Recommendations, it is not necessary to reject Damesella, 1905,
because of the existence of Damesiella, 1898 (18997).

26. CypsiLuRUS vs. CypsELURUS.—In view of the number of typo-
graphical errors in Swainson, 1838 and 1839, the Commission is of the
opinion that Cypsilurus is an evident typographical error and should be
corrected to Cypselurus.

27. RupreviA and RupeLiia vs. RUPPELLIA.—Since a typographical
error is evident, Ruppelia and Rupellia should be corrected to Ruppellia.

28. Shall the Nowvelle Classification of Meigen, 1800, Be Given Precedence
Over Meigen’s Versuch, 1803?—The generic names contained in Meigen’s
“Nouvelle Classification,’ 1800, must take precedence over those in his

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 95

“Versuch,” 1803, in every case where the former are found valid under the
International Code.

29. PACHYNATHUS vs. PACHYGNATHUS.—On basis of argument in Opinion
26, and in view of the prior name Pachygnathus, 1834, Arach., the Com-
mission is of the Opinion that Pachynathus Swainson, 1839, should be sup-
pressed.

30. Swainson’s Bird Genera of 1827.—Swainson’s bird genera in the
Philosophical Magazine of 1827 are monotypic, and according to Article
30c the spécies mentioned are types of their respective genera. There-
fore, these types must take precedence over the designated types of
Swainson which occurred later, in the Zoological Journal of 1827.

31. CoLuMBINA vs. CHAEMEPELIA.—In 1840 Gray designated as type of
Columbina Spix, Columba passerina Linn. As this species is not one of
the original species of Columbina Spix, Gray’s type designation is not
valid and Columbina* remains without a designated type. The valid type
of Chaemepelia Swainson, is Columba passerina Linn., designated by Gray,
1841.

*Footnote by Stejneger. At the time of the writing of Opinion 31, the
second edition of Gray’s list of the Genera of Birds, published 1841, had
not been seen by the writer, nor was the point brought out clearly in the
documents submitted, and hence escaped notice, that Columbina strepitans
Spix was designated by Gray in 1841, p. 75, as the type of Columbina.
This action of Gray is undoubtedly valid and the type of Columbina is
therefore C. strepitans Spix. In view of this fact brought to the attention
of the Commission by Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd, Opinion 31 is hereby changed
accordingly, and will be submitted to the members of the Commission for
approval.

[Allen, 1911, Science, 336, designated griseola Spix as type of Colum-
bina Spix, 1825.]

32. The Type of the Genus SPHEX.—On basis of the premises submitted,
sabulosa is the type of Sphex Linnaeus, 1758.

33. The Type of the Genus Rutitus Rafinesque, 1820.—Cyprinus rutilus
is the type of Rutilus Rafinesque, 1820. Rutilus plargyrus is the type of
Plargyrus Rafinesque, 1820.

34, AisHNA vs. AlscHNA.—Since evidence of the derivation of the word
is not contained in the original publication, the original spelling of Hshna
should be preserved.

35. Types of Genera of Binary but not Binominal Authors.—In determin-
ing the type of a genus, the selection must be confined to species included
under the generic name in question at the time of its original publica-
tion, regardless of the fact whether they were named binominally or not.
If, however, a generic name is distinctly proposed as a substitute for an
earlier generic name, the species of the latter are to be taken into con-
sideration.

96 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

36. Emendation of TrRioxocERA, DioxocERA, and PENTOxOocERA.—The
Commission is of the opinion that the original publication of Trioxocera,
Dioxocera, and Pentoxocera makes it evident that an error of transcription
(seu transliteration) is present, and that these names should be emended
to read T'riozocera, Diozocera, and Pentozocera.

37. Shall the Genera of Brisson’s ‘“‘Ornithologia,’’ 1760, Be Accepted?—
Brisson’s (1760) generic names of birds are available under the Code.

38. On the Status of the Latin Names in Tunstall, 1771.—The Latin names
in Tunstall’s Ornithologia Britannica, 1771, are available in so far as they
are identifiable through the bibliographic, page, and illustration references
given, or through the English names quoted from Pennant, 1768, or through
the French names quoted from Brisson, 1760.

39. On the Status of the Latin Names in Cuvier, 1800.—The Latin names
in the systematic tables given in Cuvier, 1800 (Legons d’anatomie com-
parée), are available in so far as they are identifiable through the biblio-
graphic references given on page xix of the introduction.

40. SALMO ERIOX vs. S. TRUTTA and S. FARIO; HENIOCHUS ACUMINATUS
vs. H. MACROLEPIDOTUS.—On basis of the premises submitted, it is not
necessary to substitute erior in place of fario or trutta; Cuvier’s (1817)
selection of macrolepidotus has precedence over the selection of acuminatus
by Jordan and Seale, 1908.

41. ATHLENNES vs. ABLENNES.—As the original publication shows an
evident lapsus calami, the name Athlennes should be emended to read
Ablennes.

42. The Type of Carapus Rafinesque, 1810.—Carapus Rafinesque, 1810,
is monotypic, type Gymnotus acus Linnaeus.

43. On the Status of Genera the Type Species of Which are Cited Without
Additional Description—The characters given for Teleogmus, Isoplata,
Alloderma, and Aphobetoideus cover the genera and the type species, and
the generic and specific names are published in the sense of the Code.

44, LEPTOCEPHALUS vs. ConcER.—Leptocephalus Gronovius, 1763, and
Gmelin, 1789, type morristi, takes precedence over any later generic name
for which the adult stage of this animal has been designated as type. [CE.
89.]

45. The Type of Synenatuus Linnaeus, 1758.—So far as one can judge
from the premises submitted, the type of Syngnathus Linnaeus, 1758, has
never been definitely designated, and there is no objection to designating,
as such, the species acus Linnaeus to accord with general custom and con-
venience.

46. Status of Genera for which no Species was Distinctly Named in the
Original Publication.—In genera published without mention, by name, of
any species, no species is available as genotype unless it can be recognized

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 97

from the original generic publication; if only one species is involved, the
generic description is equivalent to the publication of “ X-us albus, n. g.,
n. sp.’”’; if several species are referred to but not mentioned by name, one
of these species must be taken as type; if (as in Aclastus Foerster, 1868)
it is not evident from the original publication of the genus how many or
what species are involved, the genus contains all of the species of the world
which would come under the generic description as originally published,
and the first species published in connection with the genus (as Aclastus
rufipes Ashmead, 1902) becomes zpso facto the type.

47. CARCHARIAS, CARCHARHINUS and CARCHARODON.—Carcharias Rafin-
esque, 1810, is monotypic, type Carcharias taurus Rafinesque.

48. The Status of Certain Generic Names of Birds Published by Brehm in
Isis, 1828 and 1880.—In so far as the names in question are dependent
solely upon a vernacular name, the generic names of Brehm, 1828 and 1830,
are nomina nuda, and are not entitled to citation from the dates in question.

49. SIPHONOPHORA ASCLEPIADIFOLII vs. NECTAROPHORA ASCLEPIADIS.—
On basis of the data submitted, asclepiadifolii Thomas, 1879, stands in
preference to asclepiadis Cowen, 1895.

50. APHIS AQUILEGIAE FLAVA vs. APHIS TRIRHODA.—Since the name
Aphis aquilegiae flava Kittel, 1827, is polynominal and is not available under
the Code, Aphis trirhoda Walker, 1849, is the correct name for this species.

51. Shall the Names of Museum Calonnianum, 1797, Be Accepted?—
The Museum Calonnianum, 1797, is not to be accepted as basis for any
nomenclatorial work.

52. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS vs. SEMOTILUS BULLARIS.—On the premises
submitted, corporalis has priority over bullaris. It is not feasible for the
Commission to issue an opinion upon the question: What constitutes an
adequate description? ‘The citation of the type locality of a species is not
sufficient to establish a name under Art. 25a of the Code. If specific
characters are given in addition to the type locality, the type locality be-
comes a part of the description and is to be considered as an important
element in determining the identity of species.

53. HaLICAMPUS KOILOMATODON vs. HALICAMPUS GRAYI.—The specific
name grayi Kaup, 1856, takes priority over kotlomatodon Bleeker, ‘about
1865.”

54. Puoxinus Rafinesque vs. PHoxinus Agassizi—The genera Dobula,
Phoxinus, and Alburnus date from Rafinesque, 1820. The claim is
made by Jordan & Evermann, 1896, that Phoxinus Agassiz, 1835, is identi-
cal with Phoxinus Rafinesque, 1820, therefore they claim to have recog-
nized Phoxinus 1820. This claim is to be considered correct until proved
to be incorrect, and Cyprinus phoxinus is the type both of Phoxinus 1820,
and of Phozinus 1835. If it is claimed that Alburnus 1820, is identical
with Alburnus 1840, Cyprinus alburnus becomes the type of Alburnus 1820.

98 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

55. The Type of the Genus Onpatra Link.—On basis of the premises
submitted, zibethicus is type of Ondatra Link.

56. The Type of Fiuaria Mueller, 1787.—Mueller (1787, pp. 64 and 70)
cites, clearly through error, the same figure (plate 9, fig. 1) of Redi for
Ascaris renalis Gmel. and Filaria martis Gmel. Gmelin (1790a, 3032 and
3040) continued this lapsus. Rudolphi (1809a, 69) recognized and cor-
rected the error; since his time Filaria martis has been consistently dis-
tinguished from Ascaris renalis, and no ground is now present for not recog-
nizing Rudolphi’s correction of Mueller’s fapsus. Accordingly F. martis
stands as type of Filaria, and Filaria is not to be substituted for Diocto-
phyme, Dioctophyma, or Eustrongylus.

57. Names Dating from Hasselquist’s “Iter Palaestinum,” 1757 and the
Translation, 1762, are Untenable.—Hasselquist’s “Iter Palaestinum”’ was
published prior to 1758; it was edited as to its nomenclature by Linnaeus.
The German translation by Gadebusch, published in 1762, does not give
validity to the names published in the original edition in 1757.

58. Esox, Lucius, and BrLtone.—“ Rigidly construed,” neither Rafin-
esque (1810, Caratteri, p. 59) nor Cuvier (1817, p. 183) designated the
type of Esox Linnaeus, 1758; Jordan and Gilbert, 1882, p. 352, selected
Esox lucius Linnaeus as type of Esoz.

59. Date of AMpHIMERUS.—The Trematode name Amphimerus Barker
does not date from the appearance of the tirés 4 part, but from the date of
issue of Studies from the Zoological Laboratory, The University of Ne-
braska, No. 103.

60. SaLMo IRIDIA vs. SALMO IRIDEUS.—Salmo iridia is evidently a lapsus
calami or a typographical error and may be corrected to Salmo irideus.

61. Emendation of CHAEMEPELIA to CHAMAEPELIA.—The word Chaeme-
pelia Swainson, 1827, should be emended to Chamaepelia.

62. Type Species of Other Genera are not Excluded from Consideration in
the Selection of the Type of a Genus.—As Article 30 does not exclude the
type species of other genera from consideration in the selection of the type
of a given genus, the following type species, as designated by Gray, are, on
basis of the data presented, the valid types of the following genera: Ful-
marus, type Procellaria glacialis; Thalasseus, type Sterna cantiaca; Herodias,
type Ardea garzetta; Catharista, type Vultur aura; Morphnus, type Falco
urubitinga; Helinaia, type Motacilla vermivora.

63. LEUCISCUS HAKUENSIS vs. LEUCISCUS HAKONENSIS.—Leuciscus hak-
uensis is to be corrected to Leuciscus hakonensis on basis either of a lapsus
calami or a typographic error.

64. Serial Letiers, as a, b, c, etc., are not Acceptable as Specific Names.—
Serial letters, as a, b, c, etc., are not to be considered as proper specific
names.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 99

65. Case of a Genus Based upon Erroneously Determined Species.—lf an
author designates a certain species as genotype, it is to be assumed that his
determination of the species is correct; if a case presents itself in which it
appears that an author has based his genus upon certain definite specimens,
rather than upon a species, it would be well to submit the case, with full
details, to the Commission. At the present moment, it is difficult to lay
down a general rule.

66. Nematode and Gordiacea Names Placed in the Official List of Generic
Names.—The following Nematode and Gordiacea names are hereby placed
in the Official List of Generic Names: Ancylostoma, Ascaris, Dracunculus,
Gnathostoma, Necator, Strongyloides, Trichostrongylus, Gordius, and Para-
gordius.

67. One Hundred and Two Bird Names Placed in the Official List of Gen-
eric Names.—The following 102 bird names are hereby placed in the
Official List of Generic Names: Acryllium, Aichmophorus, Agithina,
Aigotheies, Aipyornis, Aix, Alauda, Anas, Apaloderma, Aptenodytes,
Apteryx, Aramus, Ardea, Astrapia, Asturina, Aulacorhynchus, Balaeniceps,
Batrachostomus, Brotogeris, Bubo, Burhinus, Catrina, Campephaga, Capito,
‘Cathartes, Centrocercus, Cephalopterus, Cereopsis, Chauna, Chrysolophus,
Cicinnurus, Circaétus, Clamator, Coccyzus, Coereba, Colaptes, Colluricincla,
Coturnix, Crotophaga, Diomedea, Dromas, Ectopistes, Egretta, Hlanus,
Eurylaimus, Eurynorhynchus, Eurypyga, Fulmarus, Gallinago, Gampsonyz,
Goura, Gypaétus, Haematopus, Haliaeetus, Haliastur, Heliornis, Ibido-
rhyncha, Jynz, Lanius, Leistes, Manucodia, Musophaga, Neophron, No-
tornis, Numida, Nyctea, Gidicnemus, Opisthocomus, Oriolus, Pachycephala,
Pandion, Parotia, Parus, Pezoporus, Phaéthon, Pharomachrus, Phoeni-
copterus, Platalea, Platycercus, Polyplectron, Porzana, Psittacus, Psophia,
Pieroglossus, Ptiloris, Rallus, Recurvirostra, Sericulus, Sitta, Sphenoryn-
chus, Spindalis, Strigops, Struthio, Sturnella, Sturnus, Surnia, Syrrhaptes,
Tachyphonus, Thamnophilus, Trichoglossus, Uratelornis, Vireo.

68. The Type Species of PiEuRONEcTES Linnaeus, 1758a.—Fleming,
1828, 196, does not designate the type of Pleuronectes.

69. The Type Species of Sparus Linnaeus, 1758.—Fleming, 1828, 211,
does not designate the type of Sparus.

70. The Case of LIBELLULA AMERICANA L., 1758, vs. LIBELLULA AMERI-
canus Drury, 1773.—In view of the fact that Libellula americanus Drury,
1773, is an evident lapsus calami for Gryllus americanus, the lapsus is to be
corrected, and the specific name in this instance, americanus 1773, is not
invalidated by Libellula americana 1758.

71. Interpretation of the Expression ‘‘Typical Species’’ in Westwood’s
(1840) Synopsis.—The species cited by Westwood, 1840 (An Introduction
to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, Synopsis, separate pagina-
tion, pages 1 to 158), as ‘“‘typical species” are to be accepted as definite
designations of genotypes for the respective genera. The question whether

100 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

any given species under consideration represents the valid genotype or
not is dependent upon two points: First, whether the species was available as
genotype and, second, whether this designation in 1840 is antedated by
some other designation.

72. Herrera’s Zoological Formulae.—Designations of animals, according
to the system proposed by Herrera, in the case submitted for Opinion, are
formulae, and not names. Accordingly they have no status in Nomencla-
ture, and are therefore not subject to consideration under the Law of
Priority. No author is under obligation to cite these designations in any
table of synonymy, index, or other list of names.

73. Five Generic Names in CrinompEA, Eighty-Six Generic Names in
CrusTAcEA, and Hight Generic Names in AcarinA, Placed in the Official List
of Generic Names.—The following names are hereby placed in the Official
List of Generic Names: CRINOIDEA: Antedon, Bathycrinus, Holopus, Meta-
crinus, Rhizocrinus. CRUSTACEA: Acanthocyclus, Actaea, Actaeomorpha,
Actumnus, Arcania, Archias, Arenaeus, Atergatis, Atergatopsis, Banareia,
Bathynectes, Bellia, Benthochascon, Caphyra, Carpilius, Carpilodes, Car-
poporus, Carupa, Chlorodopsis, Coenophthalmus, Corystoides, Cryptocnemus,
Cyclodius, Cymo, Dacryopilumnus, Daira, Deckenia, Domecia, Ebalia,
Epilobocera, Epimelus, Erimacrus, Erimetopus, Huphylax, Favus,
Gecarcinucus, Hepatella, Heterolithadia, Heteronucia, Heterozius, Hydro-
thelphusa, Iliacantha, Iphiculus, Iphis, Ixa, Leucosilia, Lissocarcinus,
Lithadia, Lupocyclus, Merocryptus, Myrodes, Nucia, Nursia, Nursilia,
Onychomorpha, Oreophorus, Osachila, Paracyclois, Parathelphusa, Para-
thranites, Parilia, Pariphiculus, Persephona, Phlyxia, Pirimela, Platymera,
Podophthalmus, Polybius, Portwmnus, Potamocarcinus, Potamonautes,
Pseudophilyra, Pseudothelphusa, Randallia, Scylla, Speloeophorus, Sphae-
rocarcinus, Telmessus, Thalamita, Thalamitoides, Thalamonyx, Tlos, Trachy-
carcinus, Trichodactylus, Trichopeltarion, Valdivia. ACARINA: Ambly-
omma, Argas, Dermacentor, Haemaphysalis, Hyalomma, Ixodes, Rhipi-
centor, Rhipicephalus.

74. Apstein’s (1915) List of Nomina Conservanda.—The Commission has
no power to adopt en bloc Apstein’s list of proposed Nomina Conservanda,
but is prepared to consider names separately upon presentation of reason-
ably complete evidence.

75. Twenty-seven Generic Names of Protozoa, VERMES, Pisces, REPTILIA,
and Mamata Included in the Official List of Zoological Names.—The
following twenty-seven generic names are herewith placed in the Official
List of Zoological Names, with the type species given in the body of this
Opinion: PROTOZOA: Volvox. VERMES: Hirudo, Lumbricus. PISCES:
Ammodytes, Anarhichas, Atherina, Fistularia, Mugil, Myxine, Trachinus,
Uranoscopus, Xiphias. REPTILIA: Draco. MAMMALIA: Balaena,
Bos, Castor, Delphinus, Erinaceus, Hippopotamus, Hystrix, Monodon,
Moschus, Ovis, Phoca, Sus, Talpa, Ursus.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 101

76. Status of Pyrosoma vs. MonopHorA; CYCLOSALPA vs. HOLOTHURIA;
SAaLPa vs. Dacysa; DoLtioLuM, APPENDICULARIA and FRITILLARIA.—The
Secretary is authorized and instructed to insist that cases presented for
opinion shall be accompanied by reasonably complete data to enable fair con-
sideration of the points at issue. Pyrosoma 1804 has priority over Monophora
1804. Cyclosalpa 1827 is not invalidated by Holothuria 1758 (type physalis),
which does, however, invalidate Physalia 1801. The present use of Holo-
thuria (type tubulosa) in echinoderms is not in accord with the Rules, but
authors are advised to use Physalia 1801 for the Portuguese Man of War,
and Holothuria 1791 as genus of Sea Cucumber, pending action upon
possible suspension of the Rules in these two cases. As presentation of
the cases of Salpa, Appendicularia, Doliolum, and Fritillaria is incomplete
and contains errors, these cases are laid upon the table indefinitely, but
without prejudice; unless it can be shown that an application of the Rules
in these cases will result in greater confusion than uniformity, the Rules
should be enforced. [Cf. Opinions 77 and 80.]

77. Thirty-five Generic Namesin PRoTOzOA, COELENTERATA, TREMATODA,
CrsTopA, CirRIPEDIA, TuNICATA, and Piscrs Placed in the Official List of
Generic Names.—The following names are hereby placed in the Official
List of Generic names: PROTOZOA: Arcella. COELENTERATA: Hydra.
TREMATODA: Hemiurus, Schistosoma. CESTODA: Anoplocephala,
Hymenolepis, Moniezia, Stilesia, Thysanosoma. CIRRIPEDIA: Lepas.
TUNICATA: Pyrosoma. PISCES: Acipenser, Callionymus, Chimaera,
Clupea, Coryphaena, Cottus, Cyclopterus, Cyprinus, Diodon, Gadus, Gaster-
osteus, Gobius, Lophius, Mormyrus, Mullus, Muraena, Osmerus, Perca,
Salmo, Scomber, Scorpaena, Silurus, Syngnathus, Zeus.

78. Case of DERMACENTOR ANDERSONI vs. DERMACENTOR VENUSTUS.—
On basis of the premises presented, the Commission is of the opinion that
Dermacentor venustus dates from Marx in Neumann, 1897, type specimen
Collection Marx No. 122 (U. 8. National Museum), from Ovis aries, Texas,
and that Dermacentor andersoni dates from Stiles, 1908, holotype U.S. P.
H. & M. H. S. 9467, from Woodman, Montana.

79. Case of Lamarck’s (1801a) Systeme des Animaux sans. Vertébres.—
“‘Rigidly construed,’’ Lamarck’s (180la) Systéme des Animaux sans
Vertébres is not to be accepted as designation of type species.

80. Suspension of Rules in the Case of HoLtotuuria and PHysALiA.—
The Echinoderm genus Holothuria Linn., 1767, restr. Bruguiére, 1791, type
H. tremula 1767 = H. tubulosa 1790, and the Siphonophorae genus Physalia
Lamarck, 1801, type P. pelagica 1801 = Holothuria physalis 1758, are
hereby placed in the Official List of Generic Names.

81. The Genotype of Cimex, ACANTHIA, CLINOCORIS, and KLINOPHILOS.
—On basis of the premises before the Commission, the common bedbug of
Kurope, Cimez lectularius, is the genotype for Cimex 1758, Acanthia 1775,
Clinocoris 1829, and Klinophilos 1899 (Clinophilus 1903), and its proper

102 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

technical designation under the Rules is Cimex lectularius. Cimex Linn.,
1758, type C. lectularius, is hereby placed in the Official List of Generic
Names.

82. Suspension of Rules for Musca Linnaeus, 1758a, type M. DOMESTICA.
—By authority of the power conferred on the Commission by the 9th Inter-
national Congress of Zoology to suspend the Régles as applied to any given
case where in its judgment the strict application of the Régles will clearly
result in greater confusion than uniformity, Article 30 is hereby suspended
in the case of Musca Linnaeus, 1758, and Musca domestica Linnaeus, 1758,
is hereby designated as type of Musca, without prejudice to other cases.

83. ACANTHIZA PYRRHOPYGIA Vigors and Horsfield, 1827, vs. ACANTHIZA
PYRRHOPYGIA Gould, 1848.—The principle of the Rule of Homonyms is that
any properly published identical name of later date is “stillborn and can
not be brought to life.” Acanthiza pyrrhopygia Vigors and Horsfield, 1827,
invalidates Acanthiza pyrrhopygia Gould, 1848.

84. TREMATODE, CESTODE, and ACANTHOCEPHALA Names Placed in the
Official List of Generic Names.—The following names are hereby placed in
the Official List of Generic Names: TREMATODA: Dicrocoelium, Fasciola,
Gastrodiscus, Heterophyes. CESTODA: Davainea, Dipylidium, Echi-
nococcus, Taenia. ACANTHOCEPHALA: Gigantorhynchus.

85. Ninety-eight Generic Names in Crustacea Placed in the Official List
of Generic Names.—The following names are hereby placed in the Official
List of Generic Names: CRUSTACEA: Acmaeopleura, Asthenognathus,
Bathyplax, Camptandrium, Camptoplax, Catoptrus, Ceratoplax, Chasma-
gnathus, Chasmocarcinus, Clistocoeloma, Cyrtograpsus, Dissodactylus, Durck-
heimia, Epixanthus, Euchirograpsus, Eucrate, Eucratodes, Eucratopsis,
Euryetisus, Euryplax, Eurytium, Fabia, Galene, Geryon, Glyptograpsus,
Glyptoplax, Gomeza, Goneplax, Halimede, Helice, Hephthopelta, Hexapus,
Holometopus, Holothuriophilus, Homalaspis, Lachnopodus, Leptodius,
Liagore, Libystes, Liomera, Lipaesthesius, Litocheira, Lophopanopeus,
Lophopilumnus, Lybia, Melybia, Metasesarma, Metopocarcinus, Micro-
panope, Notonyx, Oediplax, Ommaiocarcinus, Opisthopus, Orphnoxanthus,
Panoplax, Paragalene, Parapanope, Parapleurophrycoides, Paraxanthus,
Percnon, Perigrapsus, Pilumnoides, Pilumnus, Pinnaxodes, Pinniza,
Pinnotherelia, Pinnotheres, Planes, Platychirograpsus, Platypilumnus,
Platyzxanthus, Polydectus, Prionoplax, Pseudocarcinus, Pseudopinniza,
Pseudorhombila, Psopheticus, Ptychognathus, Pyxidognathus, Rhithropano-
peus, Rhizopa, Ruppellioides, Sarmatium, Scalopidia, Scleroplax, Speocar-
cinus, Sphaerozius, Tetraxanthus, Tetrias, Thaumastoplax, Utica, Varuna,
Xanthasia, Xanthodius, Xenophthalmodes, Xenophthalmus, Zosimus,
Zozymodes.

86. ConuLinus von Martens, 1895.—The generic name Conulinus von
Martens, 1895, takes as type Buliminus (Conulinus) conulus Rv., and is
not necessarily invalidated by Conulina Bronn.

International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 103

87. The Status of Proof Sheets in Nomenclature.—Printer’s proof sheets
do not constitute publication and, therefore, have no status under the In-
ternational Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.

88. OTARION DIFFRACTUM vs. CYPHASPIS BURMEISTERI.—The name of a
species is not disqualified merely because the author included in his conception
bodily parts of more than onespecies. The name of a genus based onsucha
species is therefore available. Otarion diffractum Zenker is valid. Otarion
is to be preferred to Cyphaspis, and C. burmeitsteri Barr. is a synonym of
O. diffractum.

89. Suspension of the Rules in the Case of Gronow 1763, Commerson
1808, Gesellschaft Schauplatz 1775 to 1781, Catesby 1771, Browne 1789,
Valmont de Bomare 1768 to 1775.—Under suspension of the rules, in any
case where such suspension may be considered necessary according to the
interpretation now or hereafter adopted by the Commission, the following
works or papers are declared eliminated from consideration as respects
their systematic names as of their respective dates: Gronow 1763, Com-
merson 1803, Gesellschaft Schauplatz 1775 to 1781, Catesby 1771, Browne
1789, Valmont de Bomare 1768 to 1775.

90. Report on Sixteen Generic Names of Mammals for Which Suspension
of Rules Was Requested.—None of the sixteen names receives a unanimous
vote fer suspension; accordingly, the Commission is not empowered to sus-
pend the Rules for these cases. Six names (namely: Cercopithecus, Gazella,
Hippotragus, Lagidium, Nycteris, and Manatus) receive two-thirds majority
or more for suspension, and are, therefore, to be referred for final decision
to a special committee of three to be appointed by the President of the
section on nomenclature of the next international congress. Ten names
(namely: Echidna, <Anthropopithecus, Coelogenys, Chiromys, Dasypus,
Dicotyles, Galeopithecus, Hapale, Rhytina, and Simia) fail to receive a two-
thirds majority vote for suspension, and therefore the Law of Priority is
to be applied in these cases. [Szmia is now before the Commission for
reconsideration. |

91 to 97 in press.

[Copies of ‘Opinions’ 57 to 90 are still on sale by the Smithsonian
Institution; the earlier ones are out of print.]

S

73
Vol. 39, pp. 105-108 August 25, 1926
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WA

TWO NEW BIRDS FROM. MEXICO™.
BY E. W. NELSON.

In the course of recent field investigations in Mexico speci-
mens were obtained of Creciscus ruber, a species of rail still rare
in museum collections, from a locality well to the northward
of its previously known range. This proves to be subspecifi-
cally distinct, and is described below together with a new
race of the curassow, Crax globicera, specimens of which were
collected by E. A. Goldman and the writer long ago on Cozumel
Island. It gives me pleasure to name the handsome insular
race of this widely ranging curassow in honor of Mr. Ludlow
Griscom in appreciation of the fine work he has been doing
on the ornithology of Middle America.

Creciscus ruber tamaulipensis, subsp. nov.
MEXICAN RED RAIL.

Type No. 299,086, U.S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection),
of ad., Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, Mexico, at sea level, collected by E. A.
Goldman, March 8, 1926. Original number 16,260.

Subspecific characters.—In general closely similar to ruber and ruberrimus
but with bill distinctly longer and heavier than in ruber and longer and
proportionately as heavy as in ruberrimus; color appreciably paler and
duller or less rufous than in ruber, and contrasting even more strongly
in this character with ruberrimus; chestnut mantle much restricted by
forward extension of brown area on back.

Description of type-—Top and sides of head slaty gray, becoming paler
on sides much as in the type of ruberrimus, and in some specimens of
ruber; neck, sides of body and crissum dull rusty chestnut, shading into
distinctly paler rusty on under parts, becoming palest on throat; wing
coverts and entire back from upper tail coverts to rather ill-defined chestnut
collar (representing chestnut mantle in typical ruber) dull light seal brown;
tertiaries above and tail darker, more slaty brown; primaries and secon-
daries slaty gray.

Measurements of type—Wing, 75 mm.; tail, 33; culmen, 21; depth of
bill at base, 7; tarsus, 33; middle toe, with claw, 40.

22—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 39, 1926. (105)

106 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Remarks.—The most distinctive character of this new form appears
to be the reduction of the broad, chestnut mantle, present in typical
ruber, to a chestnut collar varying in completeness on the back of the
neck in the two known specimens. This collar is indistinct in the type,
the brown of the back extending forward in a diffused line to the gray
nape, thus cutting the collar; in the topotype the collar is narrow, but
complete. The color characters mentioned together with the large stout
bill appear from the material available to characterize a fairly well marked
geographic race. Ss

Two specimens in the Biological Survey collection from Pacomon, Peten,
northern Guatemala, appear somewhat intermediate between typical
ruber and the present form. The close agreement of ruber, ruberrimus,
and tamaulipensis in essential characters, together with the occurrence
of what appears to be intergrading specimens clearly indicates that they
should stand as not very strongly differentiated but recognizable geo-
graphic races as follows:

Crecisus ruber ruber Salvin and Godman.
Creciscus ruber ruberrimus (Miller and Griscom).
Creciscus ruber tamaulipensis Nelson.

Distribution and habits—The type of ruber came from Coban, and there
are other records from the highlands of Guatemala; that of ruberrimus
from Jinotega at an altitude of 3,000 feet in Nicaragua, while tamaulipensis
is from sea level near Tampico, Tamaulipas. Specimens in the Biological
Survey collection from the lowlands of northern Guatemala have already
been mentioned, and Salvin and Godman in the Biologia Centrali-Ameri-
cana (Vol. 3, p. 326) list the species from Cozumel Island. The combined
records indicate that Creciscus ruber is a rather widely ranging species
from sea level up to 4,000 feet or more.

Up to the present time nothing appears to have been recorded of the
habits of this species. Major Goldman found the new subspecies inhabit-
ing a marsh covering thousands of acres overgrown with cat-tail flags
in a great fresh water lagoon near the Tamesi River at Alta Mira in southern
Tamaulipas. His attention was first attracted by the notes of one of
the birds which may be indicated by the syllables chick-chick-kah repeated
at intervals, and sometimes followed by a short clear piping whistle of
high pitch. The regular notes were very low toned and carried but a few
feet. As the notes of several others were heard it was apparent that
they are rather common but shy and retiring in habits. They run about
over lily pads and other floating water plants under cover of the heavy
growth of cat-tails. The two individuals collected did not fully expose
themselves, but the slight movement among the leaves of the vegetation
as they walked about and a fleeting glimpse of parts of their bodies betrayed
them.

Crax globicera griscomi, subsp. nov.
COZUMEL ISLAND CURASSOW.

Type No. 167,377, U.S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection),

Nelson—Two New Birds from Mexico. 107

ad., Cozumel Island, Yucatan, collected by Nelson and Goldman, April
8, 1901. Original number 8071.

Subspecific characters.—Smaller than Craz globicera of Yucatan and other
parts of Mexico, with waxy yellow knob (cere) on base of culmen much
smaller; females with a broader median white band on the crest feathers,
and broader white bars on the inner primaries and the secondaries, and
the wing surfaces more irregularly broken with dusky spots and mottling.

Description of type.—Crest tipped with black, the longer feathers with
a pure white median zone extending for more than half their length,
becoming black at base; orbital area dusky, nearly naked; throat and an-
terior part of neck all around thinly covered with short feathers, black
at tips, becoming white subterminally, and black at base; base of neck
above and below, and interscapular region glossy brownish, with a chestnut
suffusion; sides-of body, scapulars, back and upper tail coverts chestnut,
darkest along median line; under parts in general, including under tail
coverts, ochraceous buffy, palest on lower part of abdomen; wing feathers
in general chestnut, irregularly barred and mottled with buffy whitish
and black, the whitish markings broadest on the inner primaries and the
secondaries; median tail feathers dark chestnut brownish, with irregular
black and narrow white markings, producing a mottled, or streaked effect;
outer tail feathers plain brownish; bill (dried specimen) dark at base,
becoming horn colored, lightest at tip; feet dull horn color.

Measurements of type (Q).—Wing, 348 mm.; tail, 325; tarsus, 107;
culmen, 44. Average of 3 adult male topotypes (same dimensions): 357;
327; 110; 50. Average of 3 adult females, including type: 339; 311; 105;
44,

Remarks.—This well-marked subspecies of Crax globicera is another
interesting example of the response to environmental conditions, under
isolation, that has led to the development of differential characters in a
number of species inhabiting Cozumel Island. The new form is based
on 6 specimens from the type locality where this curassow was common
at the time of our visit.

fe

Vol. 39, pp. 109-110 November 3, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHI

A series of band-tailed pigeons recently collected in the
mountainous regions of Salvador prove to be readily distinguish-
able from the two heretofore recognized forms. Our series
of the Columbidae also contains an apparently unnamed white-
fronted dove. These races are characterized as follows:

Columba fasciata letonai, subsp. nov.
SALVADOR BAND-TAILED PIGEON.

Type.—Male adult; No. 16,640, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Mt.
Cacaguatique, Dept. San Miguel, El Salvador, C. A.; December 16, 1925;
collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 9,714; altitude 3,500 feet.

Subspecific characters.—Differs from Columba fasciata fasciata Say in
more grayish purple, rather than reddish purple, under parts and head;
and in paler, more grayish, upper parts. Differs from Columba fasciata
vioscae Brewster in having a distinct tail band; in darker coloration of the
throat, which is nearly concolor with the foreneck; and in having the pos-
terior under parts more extensively washed with color, and therefore less
whitish. Wing decidedly more pointed than in either fasciata or vioscae,
the tenth primary being uniformly and strikingly longer than the seventh,
instead of being decidedly shorter, equal to, or only very slightly longer,
as in all specimens of the other two races we have examined.

Measurements of type.—Wing, 204; tail, 138, exposed culmen, 18.3; tarsus,
24.5; middle toe minus claw, 30.1.

Range.—Oak regions of the cordilleran spurs which enter Salvador along
the Honduras border, and also on Volean San Miguel. It is possible that
Nicaraguan records belong to this new race.

Remarks.—The six specimens examined are very much smaller than the
California examples of fasciata we have seen, but Ridgway (Birds of
North and Middle America, pt. 7, 1916, p. 288) lists birds from points in
the United States that are as small! as our Salvador series. The new form

1Contribution from the California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
23—Proc. Broun. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (109)

110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

may well prove to be very restricted in range, since Mr. Ridgway noted no
differences between Guatemalan and northern specimens.

Most of the birds on which the new race is based were paired and in
breeding condition in December, although large flocks of non-breeders and
young were also much in evidence. These flocks were possibly migratory.

It is with the greatest pleasure that we dedicate this Salvadorian race
to Dr. Marcos A. Letona, Secretary of Agriculture of Salvador, who spared
no effort or courtesy in facilitating, by every means at his command, our
field investigations in his country. :

Specimens examined.—Columba fasciata fasciata: California, 10. Col-
umba fasciata vioscae: Lower California, 11. Columba fasciata letonai:
Salvador, 6.

Leptotila fulviventris bangsi, subsp. nov.
BANGS WHITE-FRONTED DOVE.

Type.—Male adult; No. 17,639, collection of Donald R. Dickey; altitude
2,500 feet; Volean San Miguel, El Salvador, C. A.; March 21, 1926; col-
lected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 10,714.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Leptotila fulviventris angelica Bangs
and Penard, but vinaceous of -head, neck, and (to a lesser degree) chest
brighter; upper parts, wings, and tail warmer, less grayish, brown. The
iridescence of the nape and hindneck decidedly stronger and more richly
colored. Differs from Leptotila fulviventris fulviventris in strikingly lighter
forehead, and in lighter and less suffused under parts in general.

Range.—Salvador, south probably to Chinandega and the Matagalpa
region of Nicaragua.

Remarks.—Mr. Ridgway (Birds of North and Middle America, pt. 7,
1916, p. 453) comments on the differences shown by Nicaraguan specimens,
but the limited series at his disposal prevented him from formally naming
the race. With the larger series now available from Salvador, it is evident
that this extreme southern race differs constantly from the two hereto-
fore recognized mainland forms.

The Salvador series, surprisingly enough, fails to prove the necessity of
merging fulviventris with verreauxi, since the amount of rusty edging on the
inner webs of the primaries, instead of being intermediate between nuttingi
and fulviventris as would be expected, is in practice so slight as to approxi-
mate the condition found in angelica. The authors feel that these are
merely geographic representatives of what may yet prove to be one species,
but our Salvador material certainly fails to bridge this gap.

Specimens examined.—Leptotila fulviventris fulviventris!: Yucatan, 3;
Vera Cruz, 4. Leptotila fulviventris angelica!: Chihuahua, 1; Texas, 6.
Leptotila fulviventris bangsi: Salvador: Volean San Miguel, 1; Mt. Cacagua-
tique, 3; Lake Olomega, 3; Volcan Conchagua, 3; Rio San Miguel, 3;
Puerto del Triunfo, 1; Sitio del Nifio, 3; San Salvador, 1; Divisadero, 2.

1Specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

De 23

Vol. 39, pp. 111-114 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE 7 Ui

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF oe,

c ra] 4S

‘\e

TWO NEW SPECIES OF APHIDIDAE FROM MINNE-
SOTA.

BY F. C. HOTTES.

The following species of Aphididae apparently new to science
were collected in Minnesota during the summer of 1926.

Neosymydobius mimicus, n. sp.

This species appears to be very closely related to both N. chrysolepis
Swain and WN. albasiphus Davis. The following key may be used to
separate the alate forms of the three species.
Abdomen uniform brown, prothorax without lateral tubercles, seg-
ment six of antenna uniform dusky, fore wing with accessory vein,
host Q. chrysolepis.

Neosymydobius chrysolepis.
Abdomen brown with a mid-dorsal whitish stripe, prothorax with
lateral tubercles, segment six of antenna with apical half dusky, fore
wing without accessory vein, host Q. alba.

Neosymydobius albasiphus.
Abdomen green with eight transverse bands of darker brownish-
green on the dorsum, prothorax with lateral tubercles, fore wing with
accessory vein, host Q. alba.

Neosymydobius mimicus, n. sp.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ALATE FORM.

Size about 2mm. Head and thorax dusky-brown. Antennal segments
I and II concolorous with head. Comparative lengths of antennal seg-
ments as follows: III 23-26, IV 20, V 13-15, VI 7-10+6. Apical half of
III and IV and slightly less than half of V dusky, apical half of base and all
of terminal process dusky. Secondary sensoria as follows: III 6-7, ar-
ranged in a straight row about evenly spaced, IV 0, V0. Hair on antenna
longer and more numerous than in either N. chrysolepis or N. Albasiphus.
Eyes dark reddish brown. Beak reaching to or just beyond the base of
the middle pair of coxae.

24—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (111)

NY Ai tiv re.
he

a WA a

oO verrim au oe

112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Thorax same color as the abdomen. Femora slightly dusky throughout.
Tibiae uniform light yellowish-brown. Tarsi light dusky-brown. Fore
wings considerably narrower in proportion to length than in N. chryso-
lepis, second branch of media about mid-way between first branch and
margin of wing. Hind wings as in WN. chrysolepis.

Abdomen green with eight transverse bands of greenish-brown on the
dorsum. These bands do not extend across the abdomen but there are
large spots of the same color at the sides of the segments. Cornicles and
area around the base of the cornicles white. The cornicles are not as wide
as those of N. albasiphus. Cauda brownish very inconspicuous. Anal
plate of the same color as the bands on the dorsum, rather deeply bilobed
and provided with numerous long hair.

DESCRIPTION OF THE APTEROUS FORM.

Length about 1.62 mm. Head and thorax dusky-brown. Segment I
of antennae concolorous with head II slightly lighter in color. Segments
Ill, IV, and V whitish with apical portions dusky. Base of VI light, rest
dusky. There are no secondary sensoria. Proportional lengths of an-
tennal segments as follows: III 21, IV 14, V 11, VI 8+5. Eyes as in the
alate form. Beak extending slightly beyond the second pair of coxae.
Legs as in the alate form.

Abdomen dusky brown, shining, in some specimens the abdomen has
an indication of green. The segments appear to be separated at the
lateral margins by a white space which sometimes extends across the
abdomen, making it appear banded. Cornicles as in the alate form.
Cauda as in the alate form. Anal plate rounded with hardly an indica-
tion of a dent in the posterior margin. Gonapods very large and covered
with numerous long hair.

Type alate viviparous female collected on Quercus alba, Bemidji,
Minnesota, July, 1926, F. C. Hottes, in the aphid collection of Dr. O. W.
Oestlund.

Neothomasia abditus, n. sp.

This species is apparently closely related to Neothomasia saliciorticis
Essig. Like the former species this species is found associated with
Fullawaya saliciradicis Essig, feeding near the surface and sometimes on
the roots of Salix longifolia growing in very sandy soil.

DESCRIPTION OF APTEROUS FORM.

Length, about 2.20 mm. Head yellowish-brown, eyes bright red. Seg-
ments of antennae with the following proportions: III 15, IV 9, V 9, VI
5+4. There are no secondary sensoria. Segments III and IV yellowish
others slightly dusky. The beak is very long, always reaching beyond the
metathoracic coxae.

Prothorax same color as the head, apparently without tubercles but
very much swollen on the lateral margins. There is but little differentia-
tion between the remaining segments of the thorax and the abdomen.

Hottes—T'wo New Species of Aphididae from Minnesota. 113

All segments except the tarsi of the prothoracic legs yellowish, tarsi dusky.
Femora and tarsi of mesa and meta thoracic legs dusky-brown, tibiae of a
uniform light-yellow. Tuibiae of hind legs subequal to the sum of seg-
ments III, IV, V and VI of the antennae. In life there is a suggestion of a
T or Y shaped area of a very light shade of violet on the dorsum of the
mesa and meta thoracic segments. The remaining area is a light-fawn
color sprinkled rather heavily with small dots of light brown from the cen-
ter of which a hair projects. At the margins of the segments there are
large blotches of light brown similar to those along the margins of the
abdomen.

Color of abdomen lght-fawn with small light-brown dots arranged in
more or less regular transverse rows on the dorsum. Two rather wide
bands of a very pale violet are indicated on the dorsum about in line with
the cornicles. It is possible that this violet color is due to the ‘‘ Mycetacy-
tes’’ which in this species are very large. The cornicles are yellowish and
about as long as they are wide at the base. The last two segments of the
abdomen, cauda and anal plate are brownish. The cauda never extends
to the end of the anal plate. The hair on the posterior part of the body
is much longer than on any other part, being equal to or longer than seg-
ment VI of the antennae.

DESCRIPTION OF ALATE FORM.

Described from mounted material taken by Dr. Oestlund in 1921.

Size about 1.7mm. Color apparently the same as in the apterous form.

Comparative lengths of antennal segments as follows: III 15-23,
usually more than 15, IV 9, V8, V1 6+5. Secondary sensoria as follows:
III 12-15, IV 0-2, V 0.

Stigma of fore wing brownish. Second branch of media midway be-
tween first branch and margin of wing.

Other parts apparently the same as in the apterous form.

Type apterous viviparous female, collected on Salix longifolia, July,
1926, St. Paul, Minnesota (Friendly Sand Dunes), F.C. Hottes, in the
aphid collection of Dr. O. W. Oestlund.

\

Yo /

Vol. 39, pp. 115-120 December 27, 1926
BROCGEEDUNGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ~~

ne

TWO NEW GENERA AND A NEW
APHIDIDAE.

BY F. C. HOTTES.

In a study of three species of Aphididae heretofore unre-
corded from Minnesota, it has been found that two represent
new genera and that the third is apparently new to science.

The type of Carolinaia modestus (alate viviparous female)
here described as new is in the aphid collection of Dr. O. W.
Oestlund.

Bipersona, gen. nov.

This genus may be placed in the tribe Macrosiphini. It may be easily
and quickly separated from other genera belonging to this tribe by the
peculiar structure of the cauda and anal plate. The genus Bipersona is
closely related to the genus Macrosiphoniella Del Guercio, a genus which
also shows many Aphidian characteristics. Bipersona has retained the
short antennae, the short cornicles, and the lateral glands as well as the
type of sensilla of the tribe Aphidini; these characters mask its true re-
lationship to the Macrosiphini as is shown by the well developed antennal
tubercles, the type of cauda, and the closed reticulations of the cornicles
which are so characteristic of the tribe Macrosiphini. The very broad
anal plate indicates clearly the descent of the Macrosiphini, as was first
pointed out by Oestlund, from a Callipterian stock rather than from the
Aphidini. The anal plate of this genus is unique and in itself furnishes a
strong enough character upon which to establish the genus.

‘Characters.—Size large. Antennae six segmented, shorter than the body
situated on well developed antennal tubercles. Sensoria with wide mar-
gins, present in both alate and apterous forms. Beak unusually long.
Veination of wings normal for tribe. Cornicles cylindrical, of moderate
length with closed reticulations at the apex. Abdomen supplied with
lateral tubercles. Cauda broad at the base otherwise thin and twisted.
Anal plate cauda-like very broad at the base tapering to a short cauda-like
structure at the apex.

Genotype, Aphis torticauda Gillette.

25—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 39, 1926. (115)

116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Gillette described Bipersona torticauda from material collected in Col-
orado. Since then it has not been mentioned in literature. I took both
alate and apterous forms late in June at Marshall, Minnesota.

Alphitoaphis, gen. nov.

Apparently two lines of stock gave rise to the tribe Aphidini as it is now
understood. The older more primitive stock is represented by such genera
as Chitophoroides, Gypsoaphis, Amphicercidus, Cedoaphis, Thargelia, and
the present genus, a group of genera which represent few species. The more
modern line is represented by comparatively fewer genera but these com-
prise by far the larger number of species. The type of this genus is not a
typical Aphis, nor does it belong to any of the genera recently separated
from Aphis. On the basis of the absence of the cubitus in the hind wing
one might consider it a Hysteroneura, from which it differs both morphologi-
cally and biologically. Phylogenetically it seems to be more primitive
than either Aphis or Hysteroneura.

Characters.—Antennae six segmented, secondary sensoria numerous with
wide margins and raised membranes as in the genus Gypsoaphis, terminal
process long. Veination of fore wings normal for tribe, cubitus of hind
wings lacking. Abdomen without lateral glands or tubercles. Cornicles
cylindrical of uniform thickness throughout. Cauda broad at the base
tapering gradually toa point. Anal platerounded. Body much rounded,
pulverulent.

Genotype, Aphis lonicericola Williams.

Alphitoaphis lonicericola (Williams).

This species was taken several times in one of the city parks of Minne-
apolis on Lonicera dioica glaucescens, the leaves of which it causes to curl.
It seems to prefer the more tender leaves as the leaves of the terminal
branches are usually attacked.

DESCRIPTION OF APTEROUS FORM.

Length 2.125 mm. Head lght yellowish-brown, eyes dark brown.
Antennae reaching to the base of the cornicles, yellowish to light brown,
apical half and terminal process dusky. Antennal tubercles slightly de-
veloped. Comparative lengths of antennal segments as follows: III 15-23,
IV 12-15, V 11-15, VI 24-27. There are no secondary sensoria. The usual
primary sensoria are present. Beak short hardly reaching to the base of
the middle pair of legs, apical end dusky to blackish.

The thorax is the same color as the head, legs moderately long, all seg-
ments white or slightly yellowish with the exception of the tarsi which are
blackish.

Abdomen highly arched, and wide appearing very much swollen, taper-
ing quickly and uniformly from center to anterior and posterior ends.
Color of abdomen pinkish buff (Ridgeway) shading to yellowish-brown at
the sides and at the base of the cornicles. Cornicles cylindrical of small
diameter and of uniform thickness throughout, length equal to or slightly

Hottes—Two New Genera and a New Aphididae. 117

more than the fourth antennal segment, apical portions often dusky
otherwise lighter in color than the rest of the abdomen oftentimes whitish.
Cauda slightly more than one-half the length of the cornicles, bearing from
four to six hairs on a side the apical ones of which are bent inwardly.

Anal plate rounded. Head, thorax and abdomen very sparsely but evenly
covered with pulverulence.

DESCRIPTION OF ALATE FORM.

Length, about 1.8 mm. Head brownish, eyes. dark brown. Antennae
brownish, segments V and VI slightly lighter in color than III and IV.
Comparative lengths of antennal segments as follows: III 24-26, IV 15-
19, V 15-17, VI 30-35. Secondary sensoria with wide margins, numerous,
irregularly arranged and distributed as follows: III 35-47, usually more
than 40, IV 24-30 usually 30, V 14-17 usually 16. Primary sensorium on
VI with a group of secondary sensoria on one side. Beak short, hardly
reaching the base of the middle pair of legs, dusky to blackish at the tip.

Thorax darker than the head. Legs moderately long, yellowish-brown,
tips of segments and tarsi dusky. Fore wings rather long and narrow,
stigma long, yellowish-brown pointed at the apex, second fork of media
midway between the first and the margin of the wing. Veins well de-
veloped yellowish-brown. Hind wings lacking the cubitus.

Abdomen not quite so highly arched as in the apterous form, rich golden-
yellow with transverse somewhat broken bands of yellowish-brown on the
dorsum and lateral portions. Posterior portion of abdomen and anal
plate brownish, cauda yellowish. Cornicles of small diameter in length
less than the fifth antennal segment. Cauda and anal plate shaped as in
the apterous form.

The apterous form of this species was first described by Williams in his
“Aphididae of Nebraska.”’ Through the kindness of Prof. Myron H.
Swenk of the University of Nebraska I have been permitted to study the
type slide and to compare the specimens on it with material collected in
Minnesota; the two agree very well.

I can not account for the statement made by Williams as to the color of
this species being ‘‘reddish purple”’ unless color is an unstable character in
this species.

Carolinaia modestus, n. sp.

The alate form of this species differs from Carolinaia cyperi Ainslie, to
which it appears to be most closely allied, by the following characters: the
third and fourth segments of the antennae carry numerous sensoria in
contrast to the few placed in a single row and limited to the third seg-
ment in C. cyperi. The third antennal segment and the beak of this
species are also much longer than these structures are in C. cyperi. The
two species also differ in the shape of the cornicles, but perhaps the greatest
difference comes in the shape of the cauda and the anal plate.

This species was collected on Polytriculm commune, a moss growing in
two small areas in a woods a short distance from the farm campus of the
University of Minnesota. The individuals of this species seem never to

——

118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

be abundant. They are always found feeding singly on the branches of
the moss. They seem to produce but few young. When disturbed they
move away slowly or remain attached unlike other aphids.

DESCRIPTION OF THE APTEROUS FORM.

Size about 1.38 mm. Head from a deep chestnut to a dark dusky brown.
Antennae brownish, situated on well developed antennal tubercles. Com-
parative lengths of antennal segments as follows: III 12, IV 7, V 8, VI 21
with but little variation. There are no secondary sensoria, the primary
sensoria are free from hair. The sensorium on VI has a group of small
secondary sensoria on one side. Joints V and VI somewhat darker than
the others. Beak reaching to or beyond the base of the middle pair of
legs. Thorax usually darker than the head. Legs moderately long, pale
yellowish except tarsi which are light dusky.

Color of abdomen from a deep chestnut brown to a dark greenish-black.
When a chestnut brown the sides and a small area around the base of the
cornicles yellowish-brown, when greenish-black usually shining and with
a bronzy cast. Cornicles yellowish-brown, lighter in color than the abdo-
men if it is brown, if the abdomen is greenish black then the cornicles are
the same. Abdomen very wide for its length, somewhat arched, tapering
uniformly to the head and cauda. Cornicles equal in length to the ter-
minal process or to the sum of the second and third segments of the anten-
nae, swollen on the inside and with the constriction just before the apex
well developed. Cauda short broadly triangular, extending but little
if any beyond the anal plate, with a very characteristic knob or bead-like
structure at the apex. The sides of the cauda are serrate and bear three
hairs each. The anal plate is wide with the posterior margin very little
curved.

DESCRIPTION OF ALATE FORM.

Size about 1.36 mm. Head dusky brown. Antennae dusky, situated
on well developed antennal tubercles. Proportional lengths of antennal
segments as follows: III 21, IV 12, V 11, VI 25, with but little variation.
Secondary sensoria numerous iregularly placed, distributed as follows:
III 21-30, IV 10-11, V 2-0. Beak reaching to or beyond the base of the
metathoracic coxae. Eyes reddish brown.

Thorax dark brown, anterior portion lighter in color. Legs of moderate
length, brownish-yellow, distal ends of femora, tibiae, and tarsi darker.
Stigma of fore wing short and thick, dark colored. Radial sector very
much curved. Second branch of media closer to the margin of the wing
than to the first branch. Hind wings with from one to three hamuli.

Abdomen chestnut brown with darker markings, sometimes yellowish
brown at the margins and with a solid dark brown area in the middle.
Cornicles yellowish-brown otherwise as in the apterous form.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Not Att Drawines Mane To THE Same SCALE.

1. Antenna of Carolinaia cyperi alate form.

Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926.

PLATE II

: x 15

Figs. 1-16. Antennae, wings, etc., of Aphididae.

Hottes—Two New Genera and a New Aphididae.

. Antenna of Carolinaia modestus alate form.

. Antenna of Carolinaia modestus apterous form.

. Antenna of Alphitoaphis lonicericola alate form.

. Antenna of Alphitoaphis lonicericola apterous form.

Antenna of Bipersona. torticauda apterous form,

. Wing of Carolinaia modestus.

. Head of Carolinaia modestus.

. Cornicle of Bipersona torticauda.

. Cauda, anal plate and cornicle of Carolinaia.cyperi.

. Cornicle of Carolinaia modestus.

. Anal plate and cauda of Carolinaia modestus.

. Cauda, anal plate and cornicles of Alphitoaphis lonicericola.
. Wing of Alphitoaphis lonicericola.

. Cauda and anal plate of Bipersona torticauda.

. Head of Bipersona torticauda.

119

*) we

Vol. 39, pp. 121-122 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

(7 SHITGge ;
/ ay TiS
KSHINGTON: (

A NEW PEROGNATHUS FROM THE VICINIT
MOUNT PINOS, KERN COUNTY, CALIFORNIA.

BY LAURENCE M. HUEY.

A small collection of mammals recently made in the vicinity
of Mount Pinos, Kern County, California, by George G. Cant-
well and acquired by the San Diego Society of Natural His-
tory, contained a series of an unusual silky Perognathus of the
parvus group. The specimens show characters so different
from those of the described forms that the race seems worthy of
new subspecific designation and may be known as follows:

Perognathus alticola inexpectatus, subsp. nov.
MOUNT PINOS POCKET MOUSE.

Type.—From 14 miles west of Lebec, Kern County, California, alti-
tude 6,000 feet; No. 5724, Collection of the San Diego Society of Natural
History; adult o; collected August 28, 1926, by George G. Cantwell,
original number 216.

General Characters.—As compared with Perognathus alticola, its nearest
relative, it averages larger, with a darker, tricolored tail, the black color
of the tip extending at least half the total length of the member, dorsally;
ears dark, instead of light, as in P. alticola, and more pointed.

Skull.—As compared with that of P. alticola, more rounded through the
parietals, with nasals broader near tip; bullae squarer posteriorly, when
viewed from side; maxillary arches spread less angularly or at a more grad-
ual angle from line of skull.

Color.—Lower surface of body, fore and hind feet, white; sides, where
darker dorsal parts are suppressed, vinaceous-buff (Ridgway, 1912), with
clearest tone on face about the eyes, shading to a tone between avel-
laneous and wood brown, dorsally; ears covered with very fine dark hairs,
almost black in color; white area restricted to a very small patch at lower
edge of ear, and entirely lacking in two specimens; tail strikingly marked,
being, dorsally, vinaceous-buff at base, shading to black at tip, with at
least half the outer end of tail decidedly dark, the buff disappearing toward

26—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 39, 1926. (121)

122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

the sides at about two-thirds the length of the tail from the base; under
surface of tail white over the entire length; eyelids surrounding eyes, black.

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 176; tail, 97; hind foot, 22. Aver-
ages and extremes of four males, including type, two of which were sub-
adult: Total length, 170.5 (160-181); tail, 88.2 (85-97); hind foot, 22.2
(22-23). Skull (type): Greatest length, 25.9; spread of maxillary arches,
13.0; interorbital constriction, 6.2; length of maxillary tooth-row, 3.4;
nasals, 10.0; greatest width of bullae, 13.8.

Range.—As far as known, 14 miles west of Lebec, Kern County, Cali-
fornia, in an association of grassy flats among scattered yellow pines.

Specimens examined.—Perognathus alticola alticola: 2 from Squirrel Inn,
San Bernardino Mountains, California, altitude 5,500 feet (topotypes) ;1
3 from one mile east of Strawberry Peak, San Bernardino Mountains,
California, altitude 5,750 feet;! one from San Bernardino Mountains, Cali-
fornia, altitude 5,400 feet;? total, 6. Perognathus alticola inexpectatus:
4 from the type locality.

1Collection of Laurence M. Huey.
2Collection of San Diego Society of Natural History.

Vol. 39, pp. 123-126 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

inn
§ N ITHS a

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHMWGTO

STUDIES OF NEOTROPICAL OPHIDIA.
Ii.
ON HELMINTHOPHIS FLAVOTERMINATUS
(PETERS, 1857).

BY AFRANIO po AMARAL.

Herpetologists who will ever deal with the Neotropical species
Helminthophis flavoterminatus will find it difficult to form a
definite opinion as to whether or not this is a composite, es-
pecially if they rely only upon the bibliographic data as given
out by Boulenger in his Cat. Sn. 1863. I: 5.

Indeed, having not long ago made a revisionary study of the genus
Helminthophis (Proc. N. E. Zool. Club, 1924. IX: 25-30), I found it
to be advisable to point out the inconsistency of Jan’s figures for H.
flavoterminatus as especially shown in fasciles I, pl. VI, fig. 10f and 9, pl.
I, fig. 6e of his Iconographie Générale des Ophidiens. Then, however, I
did not emphasize the difficulties I myself had to overcome to be able
to assign this species a proper place among the Helminthophes. For this
reason, I thought it to be necessary to write this note wherein I can deal
with this question more at length.

Peters, in Monatsber. d. kénigl. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. Berlin,
1857: 402, was the first herpetologist that referred to the species flavoter-
minatus which he then included in the genus Typhlops. His original
description was the following:

““T’. corpore versus caudam crassiore; naribus inter scutella bina
positis; scutello praeoculari scutellum superius tangente, capite cau-
daque flavibus, corpore reliquo nigro vel brunneo, squamis marginis
dilutioribus.”

Three years later, Jan, in Icon. Gén. d. Ophidiens, Dec., 1860
(1861), fasc. I, pls. V and VI, fig. 10, figured the species flavoterminatus
under the new generic name Idiotyphlops. The type, he said, came from
Caracas and belonged to the Hamburg Museum. According to the then

27—Proc. Brow. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. 39, 1926. (123)

124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

published Jan’s plates, it had 24 scale rows and tts small ocular was separated
from the third labial by a subocular.

Later, Jan, in Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1861. I: 6, gave out the characters.
of his genus Jdiotyphlops and discussed, in a footnote, the validity of
Peter’s genera Rhinotyphlops (type albirostris), Typhlops (type flavoter-
minatus) and Helminthophis (type frontalis). Still in the same year, in
Arch. Zool. Anat. Fisiol. Dec. 1861, I. 2: 186 (not Arch. Zool. Anat. Phys.
1862. 1: 186 asin Boulenger—Cat. Sn. 1893. I: 4), he emphasized the char-
acteristics of his own genus Idiotyphlops by writing:

“Tl genere Idiotyphlops mihi (tav. VI e VI f. 10), si distingue per la
forma affato particolare del nasale che ha una posizione orizzontale,
per la straordinaria grandezza del primo labiale che al contrario negli
altri Tiflopidi 6 sempre il pit piccolo e per la posizione del piccolo
scudetto in cui sta 1’ occhio.”

Peters apparently disliked Jan’s above mentioned remarks on his
genera, for he replied to Jan, by giving out, in Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1862.
I: 43, a very detailed discussion of his own findings as compared with those
of the latter herpetologist whom he in his turn very acrimoniously criti-
cized. In his article he pointed out the disagreement between the charac-
teristics of his own species flavoterminatus and those assigned to it by Jan.
He also showed how inaccurate most of the drawings made by Sordelli for
Jan’s Iconographie were, especially in this particular case. In regard to
the existence of a subocular that separated the ocular from the supralabials in
flavoterminatus as shown in Jan’s plate VI, fig. 10 f of fascicle I, Peters said:

“3) In Fig. f ist ein Suboculare gezeichnet, was gar nich existirt,
indem das Oculare grésser ist und mit seinem unteren Winkel zwischen
drittes und viertes Supralabiale hinabgeht.”’

In his Elenco Sistematico degli Ofidi (p. 15) published in Milan in
March, 1863, Jan did not make any reference to Peters’ opinion and just
kept Typhlops flavoterminatus as a synonym of Idiotyphlops (Helminthophis)
flavoterminatus.

Two years later, however, jan, in Icon. Gén. d. Ophidiens. Feb.
1865, fase. 9, pl. I, fig. 6, published new figures of flavoterminatus in which
one finds the ocular definitely contiguous to the third upper labial. The
specimen whereon those drawings were based he said were sent from
Caracas to the Paris Museum where it was studied.

Since, on the one hand, it has been proved to be hopeless for me to locate
those specimens used by Sordelli for his drawings and referred to by
Jan as existing, one in the Milan Museum (received from the Hamburg
Museum) and the other in the Paris Museum; and since, on the other
hand, neither Boulenger in his Catalogue of Snakes, nor any of the less mod-
ern authors seems to have attempted to extricate this rather curious case
of inconsistency of characters as assigned to flavoterminatus, it might as
well appear impossible for anybody at present to find out whether or not
flavoterminatus is a composite species. Therefore, it was my privilege

Amaral—Studies of Neotropical Ophidia. 125

and luck to have happened to find, in the Library of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoélogy, a copy of a leaflet published probably in 1864 by Jan
himself under the title of “‘ Avis aux Naturalistes et Subscripteurs 4 1’ Icono-
graphie Générale des Ophidiens,”’ on page 32 of which we meet with the
following statement about the characteristics of the ocular in [diotyphlops:

“Oculaire petite, squamiforme, 4 contact de la troisiéme labiale.”’

Moreover, in a footnote on the same page, Jan added as regards the con-
tiguity of the ocular with the 3d labial:

“Ce caractére n’est pas indiqué sur la figure 10 f (Icon. livr. I,
pl. VI) dont 1’ exactitude laisse beaucoup 4 désirer. Des détails
diligemment reproduits seront publiés sur la pl. I (Icon. livr. 9).”

Now, I believe this statement by Jan himself definitely settles the question
and shows that Helminthophis flavoterminatus is not a composite.

Ki
Le WN

Vol. 39, pp. 127-128 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF aah iee

A NEW KANGAROO MOUSE FROM N ADA.

TU:
BY E. A. GOLDMAN. VASE

The following description of a new subspecies of kangaroo
mouse from western Nevada is published in advance of a re-
vision of the genus now in progress. For the privilege of ex-
amining important material bearing upon the status of the
various forms embraced in this little known group of rodents
I am indebted to Mr. Donald R. Dickey and to Dr. Joseph
Grinnell, of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of
California, Berkeley, California.

Microdipodops megacephalus lucidus, subsp. nov.
CLAYTON VALLEY KANGAROO MOUSE.

Type.—From sand dunes in Clayton Valley, 8 miles southeast of Blair,
Nevada (altitude about 4,500 feet). No. 210,397, # adult, U. S. National
Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by Luther J. Goldman,
October 19, 1915. Original number 2424.

General Characters.—Similar in size and color and evidently closely allied
to M. pallidus, but cranial characters distinctive, the mastoid and audital
bullae averaging still larger, rostrum more slender, and dentition lighter.

Color—Type: Middle of face, top and sides of head, and general dorsal
area very light buff, very finely lined with black; under parts, sides of
muzzle, forelimbs, hind feet, and lower part of sides pure white; longer and
heavier vibrissae black mixed with finer, less conspicuous white facial
bristles; supraorbital and postauricular white spots present; tail buffy
whitish above, pure white below.

Skull.—Much as in M. pallidus, but mastoid and audital bullae usually
larger, the audital bullae more rounded and more fully inflated in front of
foramen magnum; supraoccipital and interparietal narrower; rostrum more
slender; zygomata less widely spreading; nasals shorter; dentition lighter;
the incisors decidedly narrower.

_ Measurements.—Type: Total length, 158 mm.; tail vertebrae, 81; hind
foot, 26. Skull (type): Length (median line), 25.5; greatest width (be-
28—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (127)

128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

tween outer sides of audital bullae), 19.9; zygomatic breadth (immediately
in front of audital bullae), 11.4; length of nasals, 9.6; interorbital breadth,
11.4; maxillary tooth row, 3.7; width of upper incisors (cutting edge), 1.

Remarks.—The extreme development in size and inflation of mastoid
and audital bullae known in the genus Microdipodops is presented in the
form here described. Owing to expansion the mastoids nearly meet on
the median line, reducing the interparietal and supraoccipital to an ex-
ceedingly narrow space between them. No close comparison with M.
polionotus, a geographic neighbor from the Owens Lake basin is necessary
as the latter is readily distinguished by much smaller, less inflated mastoid
and audital bullae, wider, less compressed interparietal and supraoccipital,
and other differential characters. It was found at the type locality only
in dunes of white drifting sand which occupy a limited area surrounded by
harder soil.

Specimens examined.—Seven, all from the type locality.

P Oe 7

Vol. 39, pp. 129-134 December 27, 1926
Ze TCh a aus x
PROCEEDINGS a SGT
oF TEE es ON

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF W

ON SOME COCCINELLIDAE OF THE TRIBE TEL-
SIMIINI, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.

BY EDWARD A. CHAPIN.

The investigations upon which this paper is based were
undertaken in order to determine specifically two small black
coccinellids which are proving to be valuable predators on dias-
pine scales. One of them is from the island of Guam, where it
feeds extensively on the cocoanut scale, Aspidiotus destructor
Sign.; the other, originally from Foochow, China, has been in-
troduced into California as an enemy of diaspine scales infest-

ing citrus fruits.

The tribe Telsimiini may be defined as follows: small pubescent Coc-
cinellidae having the epistoma broadly explanate, the lateral extensions of
which partially bisect the eyes and having but five visible abdominal stern-
ites. Their nearest relatives are the Platynaspint, which are pubescent and
have six visible sternites and the Chilocorini, which are glabrous.

In the descriptions given below it has seemed advisable to note, in ad-
dition to the length and breadth, a third dimension designated as alti-
tude. This is the vertical measurement of the elytra only, without ref-
erence to the body proper. By comparing this measurement with the
breadth or length, an index of the convexity of the species is obtained.

Telsimia Casey.
Telsimia Casey, 1899, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., Vol. 7, p. 165.
Lipernes Blackburn, 1889, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, Vol. 11, p.

212 (nec. Lipernes Waterhouse).
Notolipernes Blackburn, 1900, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, Vol. 24,

p. 68 (new name for Lipernes Blackburn).

Platynaspis Weise, 1900, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Vol. 44, p. 422 (nec.

Platynaspis Redtenbacher).

As will be shown later in this paper, this genus is distinct from Boschalis
Weise but is the same as Blackburn’s Notolipernes. Blackburn in 1889
proposed the new genus Lipernes for a new species of Coccinellidae from

29—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 39, 1926. (129)

130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Port Lincoln, Lipernes angulatus, comparing it with the genus Pharus
Muls. and Bucolus Muls. Both of these genera belong in another tribe.
Three other Australian species were added to the genus by the same
author in the next decade. In 1900, realizing that Lipernes was preoccu-
pied, Blackburn proposed as a substitute name Notolipernes, not recogniz-
ing the fact that the same genus had been described and named the year
before by Casey. There are two species of ‘‘ Notolipernes”’ in the Museum
collection. One of these is represented by a single specimen taken at
Toowoomba, Queensland by Albert Koebele. This is one of two speci-
mens, the other having been sent to Blackburn who retained the specimen
and returned the name “Lipernes subviridis Blckb.’”’ The other species
is represented by a series of nineteen specimens, seven from Gosford, four
from Paramatta, three from Sydney and five with only the locality Aus-
tralia. There is no doubt that two species are indicated and either fits
the short description given by Blackburn. Since Blackburn did not per-
sonally examine the Toowoomba specimen and since the other specimens
are in part from the type locality of L. subviridis Blckb. I prefer to attach
the name Telsimia subviridis (Blckb.) to the second lot and hold the single
Toowoomba specimen as belonging to an unknown species. Neither of
these two species has any characteristic of generic value by which it might _
be separated from Telsimia tetrastica Casey, the type species of Telsimia.

The species of Telsimia discussed in this paper may be separated by
means of the following key.

1. Pronotum conspicuously more coarsely and densely punctured at the
sides; metacoxal arcs complete, the metacoxal lines meeting the
anterior margin of the sternite a short distance in from the lateral

TULA DT Es ST Lc A aU MUO subviridis (Blckb.).
Pronotum evenly and finely punctured over its entire surface; meta-
coxal. arcs Incomplete i602 Us OM PU 2.
2. Form subhemispherical; second, third and fourth sternites each with
a single row of large punctures........._......... Sell. ceylonica (Weise).
Form convex; sternites less coarsely and more densely and irregularly
POUETAC CUCU Dead esse Ce 3.

3. Posterior margin of fifth abdominal sternite of male feebly bisinuate,
metasternum with a short, median, finely-impressed line running
forward from the posterior margin, metasternum rather coarsely
and. evenly) UNC UTed oe sale a ou en eae nigra (Weise).

Posterior margin of fifth sternite of male not bisinuate, metasternum
without median impressed liie:.Ue sss aineme eA) ses ee ean lean 4,

4, Fifth sternite of male simple, metasternum finely and sparsely punc-

tured, metacoxal arcs fail to reach lateral margin._._._..._..__. nitida Chpn.
Fifth sternite of male semi-circularly emarginate at apex, metasternum

moderately coarsely and evenly punctured, metacoxal arcs reach

Tateralimargins: 22005 Mo) Wi a01 ile en eC AIS EN emarginata Chpn.

Telsimia ceylonica (Weise).
Platynaspis ceylonica Weise, 1900, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Vol. 44, p. 422.

Chapin—On some Coccinellidae of the Tribe Telsimiini. 131

There is a single specimen in the collection, taken by Koebele in Ceylon,
which I refer to this species. It differs from Weise’s description only in
the intensity of the pale coloration of the abdomen and epipleurae of the
elytra.

This species is shorter and more globose than any other member of the
genus known to me and the metasternum is noticeably more convex. The
punctation of the metasternum is coarse but sparse, especially so pos-
teriorly. The spaces enclosed by the metacoxal arcs are impunctate, the
median portion of the first sternite nearly so. The metacoxal ares run
parallel to the posterior margin of the sternite and attain the lateral margin.
The dimensions of the specimen before me are: length, 1.55 mm.; breadth,
1.25 mm.; altitude, .70 mm.

Telsimia nigra (Weise).
Pentilia nigra Weise, 1879, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Vol. 23, p. 149.
Platynaspis nigra (Weise), Weise, 1900, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Vol. 44, p. 422.

The Museum collection contains fourteen specimens of this species,
eight of which are from the type locality (Nagasaki) and fit the original
description in all particulars except for a slight variation in the intensity
of the pale coloration of the sides of the pronotum.

The pubescence of the upper surface is, with the exception of the hairs
on the explanate margin of the epistoma, grayish white. The epistomal
hairs are tinged with yellow. Beneath, the pubescence of the insect
is depressed and quite inconspicuous. The thorax and abdomen are
rather densely set with punctures which are much more coarse than those
on the dorsum. The metacoxal arcs are as in T. ceylonica (Ws.). The
areas enclosed by the ares and the narrow hind margin of the metasternum
between the hind coxae are almost impunctate. The terminal sternite
of the male is feebly bisinuate and carries a shallow median depression be-
fore the apex. A typical example has the following dimensions: length,
1.85 mm.; breadth, 1.50 mm.; altitude, .70 mm. The length of the type
specimen as given in the original description is two-thirds of a line. This is
corrected in the later reference to seven-eighths of a line or roughly 2 mm.

Telsimia nitida, n. sp.

Form elliptical, one-third longer than wide. Black, under parts very
dark piceous, antennae, trophi and legs castaneous. Head, except epistoma,
very finely and rather densely punctured, sparsely pubescent with short
gray to golden hairs. Explanate margin of the epistoma almost impunc-
tate, broadly but shallowly emarginate anteriorly. Pronotum short,
conspicuously and broadly angulate in front of the scutellum, base narrowly
margined, punctures very fine, rather dense, evenly distributed over the
entire surface. Pubescence gray, moderately dense, more conspicuous
toward the lateral margins which are narrowly explanate. Elytral punc-
tation and pubescence similar to that of the pronotum, basal and sutural
margins plain, lateral margin finely beaded. Under parts of thorax finely
and not densely punctured, the posterior median area of the metasternum
almost impunctate. Median area of first sternite and rest of sternites

ene

132 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

more coarsely and densely punctured than the sterna of thorax, lateral
portions of first sternite and narrow posterior margin of the same seg-
ment smooth and virtually impunctate. Metacoxal arcs fail to reach the
lateral margins of the sternite by a short distance and are turned slightly
anteriad at their extremities. Femora sparsely and rather finely punctured.

Male.—The posterior margin of the fourth sternite is broadly arcuate,
the median portion of the arc almost straight. The fifth sternite is evenly
rounded and bears a very shallow median depression before the apex.

Female.—The posterior margins of all sternites except the fifth are
straight, the fifth is similar to that of the male but lacks the median de-
pression.

Dimensions: Length, 1.60 mm.; breadth, 1.20 mm.; altitude, .65 mm.

Described from a male specimen (type) and a series of forty-five speci-
mens of both sexes (paratypes) collected on the island of Guam by Edwards,
Evans, Fulloway and Vandenberg.

Type and paratypes: U.S. National Museum, No. 40,133.

Telsimia emarginata, n. sp.

Form ovate, five-eighths longer than wide, more strongly tapering pos-
teriorly than anteriorly. Black, antennae, trophi and legs castaneous.
Upper surface, with the exception of the smooth margin of the epistoma,
finely and densely punctured. Pubescence gray, dense, short and de-
pressed, evenly distributed. Prosternum coarsely and densely punctured,
metasternum more finely and less densely punctured, the punctation more
dense toward the lateral margins. First abdominal sternite rather finely
and sparsely punctured, metacoxal ares strongly defined, their outer halves
parallel to the posterior margin of the segment almost to the lateral margin
where the line is turned posteriad for a short distance. Areas enclosed by
the arcs with a few punctures on the posterior halves. Second and suc-
ceeding sternites densely and finely punctured. Femora finely and sparsely
punctured.

Male.—The posterior margin of the fourth abdominal sternite is straight.
The fifth sternite is twice as long as the fourth and bears at the apex a
semi-circular emargination. Just anteriad to the emargination and on
either side of the median line there is a slightly tumid area.

Female.—The posterior margin of the fourth sternite is straight, as in the
male. The fifth sternite is rounded behind.

Dimensions: length, 2.25 mm.; breadth, 1.40 mm.; altitude, .75 mm.

Described from a male specimen (type) and a series of thirty-six speci-
mens of both sexes (paratypes) collected at Foochow, China, by F. Silvestri
and forwarded to the National Museum by H. Compere of the University
of California Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, Calif. Four of the
paratypes have been dissected and mounted in balsam by H. S. Barber.

Type and paratypes: U.S. National Museum, No. 40,134.

Boschalis Weise.

Boschalis Weise, 1897, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Vol. 41, p. 304; 1903, Arkiv
Zool., Vol. 1, p. 58.

a ee pe

Se eS ee Se

Chapin—On some Coccinellidae of the Tribe Telsimiini. 133

Apparently Weise was in error in suppressing Telsimia Csy. as a synonym
of Boschalis Ws., for the characters given for the latter genus in the original
description are quite different from those which I find in the type
specimen of Telsimia tetrastica Csy., the type species of Telsimia. In the
first place, the elytra are very obviously pubescent in Telsimia; they are
glabrous in Boschalis. The prosternum is moderately long, is horizontal,
and extends broadly in front of the anterior coxae in Telsimia; in Boschalis
the median portion is quadrate and anteriorly it is strongly deflexed.
Antennal grooves are absent from the prosternum in Telsimia; they are
present in Boschalis.

On the other hand, Weise has included at least two species of Telsimia
in Platynaspis: T. nigra (Ws.) and T. ceylonica (Ws.), from which I must
conclude that he had a totally wrong conception of Casey’s genus.

t RV
; VAY wd j ieee ag
rf if at NAN i i
Nf B
u f
{ tie Nh) ere ay
4 oe

a
*,
c

4

-

}

1 ‘

\

Vol. 39, pp. 135-136 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASH

BY PAUL C. STANDLEY.!

The genus Gymnanthes is a small American group of the family
Euphorbiaceae. It is represented in Mexico by two species,
one of which, widely distributed in the West Indies, occurs
also upon the keys of southern Florida. The discovery of the
genus in Texas is not surprising, since one species has been de-
scribed from the State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

The plant described below is one of a large collection made in
the summer of 1925 by Prof. B. C. Tharp in regions of western
Texas which have been little explored botanically.

Gymnanthes texana Standl., sp. nov.

Branchlets slender, terete, grayish brown, with numerous pale lenti-
cels, leafy near the apex, when young minutely puberulent; petioles stout,
3-5 mm. long, glabrous; leaf blades suborbicular to broadly elliptic or ovate-
elliptic, 3-4 cm. long, 2—2.5 em. wide, broadly rounded to acute at apex,
rounded to broadly cuneate at base, obscurely crenate-serrate, coriaceous,
pale green, glabrous, densely and finely punctate beneath; staminate spikes
solitary, very dense, about 6 mm. long; bracts 3-flowered, broadly ovate,
obtuse or acutish, obscurely and minutely ciliolate; flowers short-pedi-
cellate, glabrous; sepals minute, lanceolate or subulate; stamens 3 or 4;
pistillate flowers unknown.

Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, No. 1,285,357, collected on the
Nueces River in Edwards County, Texas, Aug. 9, 1925, by B. C. Tharp
(No. 3634).

The Texan plant is related to G. longipes Muell. Arg., but that Mexican
species, according to descriptions, differs in having much narrower, cuspi-
date-acuminate leaves, and 2 or 3 stamens in each flower.

1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

30—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 39, 1926. (135)

nae 8 nie
xh pe ui ¥ at 4 ene “ we } AA
nee ) Raia rey isd Xt By } (
yay i Hepa OR a " Mt » i ih i NSE §
\ i i Ry Mead (Ne ! SAY iy
i ‘ " p ty , Bed hee
. SRAM AUN it
j , VN { wi Vy 4k
bee Rae
f tA
oa i '
ie
; ¢
2
‘
6
: »

jt Oat OT alo

Vol. 39, pp. 137-140 December 27, 1926
A oe

THREE NEW MAMMALS FROM CHINA.

BY A. BRAZIER HOWELL,

In identifying the mammals of the valuable collections of
Chinese vertebrates secured during the last few years by
Arthur de C. Sowerby and presented to the U. S. National
Museum there were encountered several series representing
well-marked geographical races for which no names are at
present available. Three of these may be known as follows:

Crocidura grisea, sp. nov.

Type.—Female adult, skin and skull No. 238229, U.S. National Museum,
from 75 miles southwest of Yenpingfu, Fukien, China, altitude 500 feet;
November 23, 1921. Collected by Arthur de C. Sowerby; original number
1076.

Diagnosis.—The smallest of the all-gray Chinese members of the genus
so far known.

Skin.—In coloration this animal is pure slate gray faintly grizzled above,
of a shade apparently different from any Chinese shrew so far named.
Nor can the color be matched in any European species known to the writer,
but it can be duplicated among the lighter examples of the American
Neosorex navigator. Ventrad the coloration is slightly paler and more
silvery than is the case dorsad. The tail is rather long for the size of the
body and is lighter below than above, but it can not be said to be bicolor.
The caudal bristle hairs are few in number. The dorsum of the hind feet
is dusky along the lateral margin.

Skull.—The skull is of about the same length as that of atienuata, as
figured by Milne-Edwards (1868-1874), but the cranium proper is rela-
tively shorter and the postorbital dilation is stronger and more abrupt.
The first upper unicuspid is very broad in an antero-posterior direction, its
total width being practically as great as the width of the root of the incisor.
The second unicuspid is considerably the smallest but its crown is as high
as that of the third. The anterior cusp of the carnassial is.less than half
the height of the main cusp, but equal in height to the third unicuspid.

Measurements of type.—Collector’s measurements of the type are: head
and body, 70; tail, 56; foot, 12; ear, 9 mm. The total length of the skull

31—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 39, 1926. (137)

138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

is 20; width of braincase, 9; interorbital width, 4.6; and length of maxil-
lary tooth row, 6.5 mm.

Maiterial—Three skins and skulls, all from the vicinity of the type
locality.

Remarks.—The relationship of this shrew apparently is with attenuata.
From the latter it certainly differs, for Milne-Edward’s plates, as well as
his descriptions, are trustworthy, and grisea not only is without any brown
dorsad, but the flanks are much darker. Certainly it has nothing in com-
mon with the other gray, but large-footed, shrews of China.

Myotis sowerbyi sp. nov.

Type.—Female adult, skin and skull No. 238869, U. S. National Museum,
from near Yenpingfu, Fukien, China, altitude 3000 feet; April 7, 1922.
Collected by Arthur deC. Sowerby; original Number 1366.

Diagnosis.—Skin and superficial characters of the skull much as in the
European species mysticinus, but color much darker and more smoky,
with no brown, and the membrane black instead of brownish. The con-
cavity of the posterior border of the ear is more pronounced and the tragus
is much narrower. Mandible with canine practically no higher than large
first premolar, and second premolar minute, instead of canine large and
both premolars small as in mysticinus.

Skin.—The dorsal surface is close to the clove brown of Ridgway (1912).
The hairs of the under surface are for the most part dark at base with
paler buffy tips, but in the anal region they are buffy to the base. Both
interfemoral and wing membranes are practically naked. The digital
hairs are scanty and do not extend beyond the claws. The feet are of
but moderate size. In the spirit specimens the terminal vertebra of the
tail extends free of the membrane, but this is not satisfactorily apparent in
the dried skins. The wing membranes extend well onto the base of the
toes. The ear is narrow, but not to the same extent as in the next species,
and the distal half of the posterior margin is gently concave. The tragus
is narrow and acute, and measured from the notch, extends more than
half the distance to the tip of the ear.

Skull——The braincase is rather small, the interorbital declivity gentle
when viewed in profile, and there is no appreciable elevation of the tip of
the rostrum. The more posterior of the small upper premolars is half the
size of the anterior and in the tooth row. The outer upper incisor is con-
siderably smaller than the inner. The lower canines are very low indeed
and of lesser height than the main cusps of some of the molars. The first
lower premolar, however, is relatively very large, and but a shade smaller
than the canine, while the second lower premolar is minute.

Measurements of type-——The collector ’s measurements of the type are:
head and body, 40; tail, 37; ear, 11; forearm, 34mm. Additional measure-
ments are: tarsus, 15.3; foot, 8.3; length of skull, 13; zygomatic width,
7.9; maxillary tooth row, 5.7 mm.

Material.—One skin and skull from Foochow, Fukien, and 15 skins and
skulls, and 38 spirit specimens from Yenpingfu, Fukien.

Remarks.—It is felt that the dental differences between sowerbyi and

Howell—Three New Mammals from China. 139

mysticinus are beyond any doubt of specific degree. There has been no
opportunity for comparison with unquestioned stligorensis Hodgson, but
even the describer regarded it as perhaps identical with mysticinus. Dobson
always considered it in this light, and Wroughton (1918) recognizes it as
the Indian representative of mysticinus but offers no comparisons. It is
hardly likely that such important dental differences as occur in the mandible
of sowerbyi could have been overlooked by all of these authorities.

Myotis hirsutus sp. nov.

Type—Female adult, skin and skull No. 238863, U. S. National Mu-
seum, from near Yenpingfu, Fukien, China, altitude 2000 feet; April 7,
1922. Collected by Arthur deC. Sowerby; original Number 1358.

Diagnosis.—A Myotis of the general type of the European species capac-
cinii, but coloration duller and much darker, tail longer, forearm a trifle
shorter, and ear darker and narrower. The hairiness of the membranes
is not quite so well marked. Skull slightly smaller and upper outer incisor
larger.

Skin.—In coloration the dorsal surface is near the fuscous of Ridgway
(1912). The hairs of the underparts are much paler distad, and darker at
base over most of this area. In the anal region, however, they are pale at
base as well. The ventral surface of the interfemoral membrane is quite
heavily (relatively) haired for some 5 mm. caudad of the body and 4 mm.
mediad of the legs, the remainder of the membrane being very scantily
haired. The under surface of the wing membrane caudad of the brachium
is scantily haired as far laterad as the elbow, but the upper surface is bare.
Dorsad the interfemoral membrane is well haired as far caudad as the
middle tail. The terminal vertebra of the tail is not free. The wing
membrane arises from the tarsus or ankle—not the toes. The foot is
relatively large and the digital hairs extend beyond the nail tips. The ears
are long and unusually narrow, the middle of the posterior border being
quite sharply concave. The tragus is slender and acute, and measured
from the notch in the dried skin, does not extend half way toward the tip of
the ear.

Skull.—The braincase is moderately inflated and the rostrum rather
long, the elevation of its tip being very slight. The upper outer incisor
is almost or quite as long as the inner. The second small premolar is at
least half and usually two-thirds as large as the first and is always in the
tooth row. The lower incisors are rather crowded.

Measurements of type——The collector’s measurements of the type are:
head and body, 48; tail, 38; ear, 15; forearm 40 mm. Other measure-
ments are: tarsus, 15.2; foot, 10.1; length of skull, 15.1; mastoid width,
7.5; and maxillary tooth row, 6.7 mm.

Material.—Twelve skins and skulls and one spirit specimen from Yen-
pingfu, Fukien.

Remarks.—This bat is definitely distinct from anything so far described
from China. In coloration it is comparable with pequinius Thomas but
the latter is much larger. As already mentioned, its conformation is of
the general type of capaccinii, and it may later prove to be the Chinese
representative of that species.

ak

Ydoe7S

Vol. 39, pp. 141-146 December 27, 1926
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

SOME NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF THE WASHINGTON, D. Cx
REGION.

Recently, while looking over my notes made during the past few years on
the birds of the Washington area I came upon a few observations that
extend the recorded season for the respective species in this region. It
seems desirable that they be made available in published form.

Hirundo erythrogastra.—One noted over the Eastern Branch on Sep-
tember 23, 1921. This is two days later than the latest previous record
which was made by myself on September 21, 1920.

Dendroica vigorsi.—Under date of March 8, 1922, I received a letter from
Carlyle S. Baer, of Washington, D. C., in which he reported the observa-
tion by him of “several” individuals of this species in Rock Creek Park on
March 5, 1922. This is one day earlier than the previous early record of
March 6, 1910, made by Prof. W. W. Cooke.

Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens.—One individual of this thrush observed
at close range for several minutes at Plummers Island, Maryland, on April
9, 1922. Conditions of light and the proximity of the bird made easy
identification even without the aid of field glasses. This antedates by
eleven days the previous early record for this region, that of Dr. A. K.
Fisher on April 20, 1889.

—Frederick C. Lincoln.

NOTE ON MYIOTHERA LORICATA S. MULLER.

Myiothera loricata S. Miller (Tijdschrift Nat. Geschiedenis Physiologie,
II, “1835” 1836, p. 348, pl. ix, fig. 5), for the timaline species known as
Turdinus loricatus, is preoccupied by Myiothera loricata Lichtenstein (Verz.
Doubletten, 1823, p. 44), for a Brazilian species of the family Formicariidae.
Turdinus loricatus (S. Miller) will therefore require a new name, for which
Turdinus marmoratus R. G. W. Ramsay (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880,
p. 15) seems available.

—Charles W. Richmond.
32—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., VOL. 39, 1926, (141)

142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

LIFTING POWER OF THE MALLARD.

In these days when the transportation of mail and merchandise by air-
craft is an important problem for the aeronautic engineer, who must
reconcile the weight of his cargo to the weight of the craft and the power
of the engine, it is interesting to note the lifting power of certain birds.
The available data on this subject relate principally to the weights of
objects carried by birds of prey and fish-eaters, groups that are conspicuous
by the broad expanse of their wings, implying lifting power that might
equal or even exceed the weight of the bird. Even in these cases, however,
the weight of the object carried is frequently a matter of conjecture.

A drake mallard was banded by the writer (Biological Survey, No.
409,535), at Crane Lake, near Bath, Illinois, on January 8, 1926, and
under date of May 1, 1926, a return was reported for it from Spooner,
Wisconsin, by Edward Morrell, who stated that it had been caught in a
No. 1 Victor steel trap. According to the report, the bird had flown with
trap and chain to this point, where the chain became entangled in some
bushes. The figures given for the weight of this trap are 714 pounds per
dozen, or 9 2/3 ounces for each trap with chain. This varies slightly,
depending upon the length of the chain attached, so that 10 ounces is
probably a fair average weight. A mallard drake in good condition will
weigh between 2 and 3 pounds.

The banded bird was alive when found, although very weak from lack
of food and its struggles to escape. Mr. Morrell fed and cared for it for
about two weeks when it had recovered sufficiently to be liberated, still
carrying the numbered band but free of the encumbering trap.

—Frederick C. Lincoln.

ON THE NAME PHALACROCORAX VIGUA.

In the “Recueil d’Observations de Zoologie et d’Anatomie Comparée”’
of Humboldt and Bonpland, there is a description of a “nouvelle espéce
de pélican,” Pelecanus olivaceus, by Humboldt, which proves to be the
species later (1817) described by Vieillot under the name Hydrocorax
vigua. In the first edition of the ‘Observations’ the name Pelecanus
olivaceus is mentioned on pages 15 and 18, where there is some comment
on its larynx, illustrated on plate I, but on page 47, under the heading
“Additions,” there is a full description, with the habitat given as “prope
Banco ad Magdalenae fluminis ripas, lat. 8° 55’.”’ In the later edition of
the work the same description is introduced on page 6 (note) of Vol. I,
dated 1811. It follows that the name of this cormorant will become
Phalacrocorax olivaceus olivaceus (Humboldt), and that of the subspecies
that extends north to the United States will be P. 0. mexicanus (Brandt).

An announcement of the plan of publication of the ‘‘Observations”’ in
the Journal Typographique, viii, 5 Germinal, 1805, p. 270, states that “le
premier cahier paroftra en mai,’ and I have little doubt that it was pub-
lished in May, 1805. Several other names are introduced in the first part
of the “Observations,” including the following birds: Palamedea bispinosa,
Phasianus garrulus, and Cygnus canorus, the latter hardly more than a

nomen nudum.
—Charles W. Richmond.

General Notes. 143

NASUTITERMES (N.) BENJAMINI, A NEW NAME
FOR EUTERMES INSULARIS SJOSTD.

“Butermes’’ insularis Sjéstedt, 1924, Rev. Zool. Afr. 12, 4, p. 494, de-
scribed from the nasutus caste from the Island of Mauritius is preoccupied
by ‘‘Eutermes’’ insularis Holmgren, 1910, Mitteil. Naturhist. Mus. in
Hamburg X XVII, p. 239, described from the nasutus from Costa Rica.

I herewith give Sjéstedt’s species from Mauritius the name Nasutiter-
mes (Nasutitermes) benjamini, nov. nom., Snyder in honor of Dr. Marcus
Benjamin, editor of the U. S. National Museum. WNasutitermes Banks
replaces EHutermes Fritz Miiller.

—Thos. E. Snyder.

TERMES (ODONTOTERMES) PRAEVALENS, A NEW NAME
FOR O. ROBUSTUS JOHN.

In my paper ‘Termiten von Ceylon, der Malayischen Halbinsel, Su-
matra, Java und den Aru-Inseln,”’ Treubia, VI, 1925, I described (p. 387-—
388) a new species of Odontotermes from Johore under the name of O.
robustus. Dr. Thos. E. Snyder was kind enough to draw, in a private
letter, my attention to the fact that this name has been used in 1924 by
Prof. Dr. Y. Sjéstedt, who described a new species from the French Congo
as O. robustus. The MS of my paper was completed in 1923 and sent to
Buitenzorg for publication at the beginning of 1924 so that the use of a
preoccupied name could not be avoided, the more as I had no opportunity
of seeing Dr. Sjéstedt’s paper. Therefore, taking advantage of Dr.
T. E. Snyder’s obliging compliance, I bring forward to replace the name of
Odontotermes robustus John (nec Sjéstedt) by Termes (Odontotermes) prae-
valens, nom. nov.

—Oscar John.

A NEW NAME FOR FELIS (CATOPUMA) MELLI MATSCHIE,
AND NOTE ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF FELIS
PARDUS CENTRALIS LONNBERG.

While working over certain cats of the genus Felis, it was noted that the
name Felis (Catopwma) melli Matschie (Archiv Naturgesch., 88, 1922; 36),
which has been applied to an apparently well marked race of the Felis
temmincki group, is preoccupied by Felis (Neofelis) melli Matschie (ibid.;
35), the describer evidently having considered that congeneric forms of
different subgenera could bear the same specific name. Such a practice
is not permitted by present good usage, however, and as a substitute, the
name Felis temmincki badiodorsalis is herewith proposed.

Attention should also be called to the fact that Felis pardus centralis
Lénnberg (Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., 58, 1917; 49) is pre-
occupied by Felis centralis Mearns (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 14, 1901; 139).
If the African animal now known as centralis proves to be a valid race it
will consequently need a new name, but’ none is here suggested for the
reason that its distinctness as a subspecies is now a matter of some con-
troversy and it is not wished to add another name to the synonymy with-
out certain reason.

—A. Brazier Howell.

144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

NEW NAMES FOR FIVE AMERICAN ASTERACEAE.

The new names proposed in this paper are based on the examination of
the types of the species concerned by the writer in the summer of 1925.

Vernonia tortuosa (L.) Blake.

Conyza tortuosa L. Sp. Pl. 2: 862. 1753.
Conyza scandens Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8. Conyza no. 11. 1768. Not

Vernonia scandens DC. 1836.

Vernonia schiedeana Less. Linnaea 6: 399. 1831.

The status of these names has been discussed by Britten. Linnaeus’
treatment in the Species Plantarum is the same as that given earlier in the
Hortus Cliffortianus (p. 405), except that the long description given in the
earlier work is omitted. In both places an unidentifiable Madagascan plant
described by Vaillant is mentioned, but the lengthy description in the
earlier work is based on a specimen in the Hortus Cliffortianus (now in the
British Museum) of Vernonia schiedeana, collected at Veracruz by Hous-
toun and sent to Linnaeus by Philip Miller, and this plant is clearly to be
taken as the type of the Linnaean name. Photographs of the type speci-
mens of both C. tortuosa and C. scandens are now in the National Her-
_ barium.

Isocarpha microcephala (DC.) Blake.

Dunantia microcephala DC. Prodr. 5: 627. 1836.
Isocarpha divaricata Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 110. pl. 41. 1844.

De Candolle’s attribution of this species to Mexico was erroneous.
Haenke’s plant was undoubtedly collected in Peru.

Verbesina parviflora (H. B. K.) Blake.
Helianthus parviflorus H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 4: 222. Pl. 378. 1820.
Actinomeris stricta Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2: 186. 1881.
Verbesina stricta A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19: 13. 1883.

The type of Helianthus parviflorus is a specimen of the common Ver-
besina stricta in which the main axis has been injured and has thrown off
two long 1-headed branches, as faithfully depicted in plate 378 of the
““Nova Genera et Species.”

Blennosperma nanum (Hook.) Blake.

Chrysanthemum ? nanum Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 320. 1834.

Coniothele californica DC. Prodr. 5: 531. 1836.

Blennosperma californicum Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 272. 1842.
Hooker’s name was long ago referred by Gray? to Blennosperma cali-

fornicum, but has been overlooked by later authors.

Liabum hypoleucum (DC.) Blake.

Vernonia hypoleuca DC. Prodr. 5: 27. 1836.
Based on a plant said to have been collected in Mexico by Haenke, but
probably, like some other Asteraceae so attributed, a Peruvian species.
—S. F. Blake.

1Journ. Bot. Brit. & For. 36: 52. 1898.
28yn. Fi. 12: 364. 1884.

General Notes. 145

TWO GENERA OF ASTERACEAE NEW TO THE UNITED
STATES.

Among Asteraceae from the southwestern United States recently identi-
fied by the writer are two Mexican species which add two generic as well as
specific names to the United States list. Several extensions of range for
plants of this family south of the Mexican border, and from Baja Cali-
fornia to the mainland of Mexico, may also be placed on record here. All
the specimens mentioned are in the U. 8. National Herbarium.

EGLetes viscosa (L.) Less. A specimen collected in an estuary near
Brownsville, Texas, 1-5 Aug. 1921, by Roxana S. Ferris and Carl D.
Duncan (No. 3123) is in the National Herbarium. This species is known
from Tamaulipas and Sinaloa southward into Central and South America,
so that its occurrence in extreme southern Texas is not surprising. No
true member of the genus, however, has been recorded from the United
States hitherto. ;

TITHONIA THURBERI A. Gray. The collection of this species in Babo-
quivari Canyon, Papago Indian Reservation, Arizona, about 25 miles
north of the Mexican border, by Dr. T. H. Kearney (No. 411), on 11 Oct.
1925, affords what seems to be the first record for any species of the
genus in the United States. Tithonia thurberi was included by Dr. Gray
in the Synoptical Flora more than forty years ago, but only on the strength
of its occurrence at Magdalena, Sonora, some 50 miles south of the United
States border. The species has previously been known from only two
collections, one Dr. Gray’s type, collected by George Thurber at Mag-
dalena, Sonora, in 1851, the other a collection made by Palmer in 1890 at
Alamos, Sonora, on which was based the name Tithonia palmeri Rose.

HOoOFMEISTERIA LAPHAMIOIDES Rose. ‘This species, hitherto known only
from Baja California and its islands, was collected at Kino Point, Sonora,
20 March 1926, by Miss Frances Long (No. 80).

MatperiA TENUIS S. Wats. The first record of this rare species of
California and Baja California in continental Mexico is afforded by a
luxuriant specimen collected at North Libertad Bay, Sonora, 21 March
1926, by Miss Frances Long. The corollas, in this comparatively fresh
specimen, are clearly ochroleucous.

MownoptTiLoN BELLIOIDES (A. Gray) Hall. This species has not been
recorded from Mexico. There is a sheet in the National Herbarium col-
lected at Libertad, Sonora, in 1875 by Dr. Streets, and recently specimens
have been received collected by Dr. Forrest Shreve and Miss Frances Long
at the same locality in March, 1926.

Dyssop1A CoNCINNA (A. Gray) Robinson. This species, hitherto known
only from Arizona, was collected at Venugo, Sonora, 21 March 1926, by
Miss Frances Long.

CaLYCOSERIS wriGHTII A. Gray. Collected between Mesquite and
Altar, Sonora, 17 March 1926, by Miss Frances Long. It is recorded by
Hemsley (Biol. Contr. Amer. Bot. 2: 261. 1881) from “Sonora and along
the Rio Grande (Smith). Hb. Kew.”

—S. F. Blake.

146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

LENNOA CAERULEA IN COLOMBIA.

The small family of root parasites known as the Lennoaceae, consisting
of 3 genera and 4 species, has hitherto been known only from the desert
regions of southern California, Lower California, and Mexico (south to
Puebla). Hemsley (Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 4: 254. 1887) states that
“there is no other order of parasitical plants so restricted in area.”’ The
occurrence of a species of Lennoa in Colombia is therefore of considerable
interest. In the National Herbarium is a sheet of flowering and fruiting
specimens collected around Rio Frio, State of Magdalena, Colombia,
between the Ciénaga de Santa Marta and the foothills, alt. 0-100 meters,
22 June 1906, by Henry Pittier (No. 1579), which I am unable to dis-
tinguish by any characters of flower, fruit, or habit from material of
Lennoa caerulea (H. B. K.) Fourn. Mr. Pittier’s field notes (‘‘rhizophyte,
on large yellow-flowered Tribulus; plant brown, in large tufts; corolla deep
lilac’’), apply so well to the specimens that any possibility of error in the
association of specimens and data during mounting is eliminated.

The Mexican specimens of L. caerulea in the National Herbarium are
recorded as parasitic on Tridax coronopifolia and on Boerhaavia, those of
L. madreporoides Llave and Lex. as growing on ‘various Compositae,”’
and those of Ammobroma sonorae Torr. on Franseria dumosa and Dalea.
Jepson (Man. PI. Calif. 735. 1925) lists Abronia, Erigonum, Eriodictyon,
and several Asteraceae as hosts of Pholisma arenarium Nutt. It is evident
that, while the roots of Asteraceae are the usual hosts of the Lennoaceae,
those of other families may serve as well.

—S. F. Blake.

INDEX

New names are printed in heavy type.

Acompocoris feratis...........---..----------
Alphitoaphis____...__._......
lonicericola
Amaral, Afranio do. Studies of
Neotropical Ophidia. III. On
Helminthophis flavotermina-

tus (Peters, 1857)
Angiola soa 2k
periscelida...
Antiornis_...............----- aap
grahamii..........._................
Aschemeier, C. R. A talk on Go-
ral DESY =pA CU EAN NR ME

B

Baldwin, 8. P. Intensive Study of
the Life History of Birds........
eae History of the House

Some Experiences with the

Birds of the Dry Tortugas...
Bipersonas a
Blake, 8S. F. A New Stylosanthes

from British Honduras............
New Names for Five
American Asteraceae.........-....--
Two Genera of Asteraceae
New to the United States...
Lennoa caerulea in Colom-

Be pees nanum.. ae
IBoschalis ee ee
Bradley, J. Chester.
Species of Chelogynus (Hym-
enoptera: Dryinidae) from
New York State...........--...--...-
Bran tts ae W. A Naturalist in
Burbridge, Ben. The Gorilla Hunt
(motion picture).............--.--------

Calycoseris wrightil...............-----------
Carolinaia modestus............--...-.-----
Chamberlin, Ralph V. Two New
American Chilopods.............---
Chambliss, C. E. An Unused
Southern Wild Food Plant...
Chapin, Edward A. On Some
Coccinellidae of the Tribe
Telsimiini, with Descriptions
of New Species..........----------------
Chelogynus vivariensis... ue
xanthothorax..........-...-.---..
Chittenden, F. H. Notes on the
Behavior of Cotinis nitida, L.
and its Bird Enemies..............
An Introduced Beetle Re-
lated to the Tomato Weevil...

33—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., VOL. 39, 1926.

41
116
116

123-126

129-134
7
8

15-18
71-74

Citellus tereticaudus vociferans....
Columba fasciata letonai___.............
Cotinis nitida............_....
Crax globicera griscomi
Creciscus ruber tamaulipensis........
Crocidura grisea............-....----------.----

Dall, William Healey. A New
Margarites from Greenland........
A New Pecten from Col-

New Shells from Japan
and the Loochoo Islands........
Dayton, William A. Note on the
Type Locality of Pentstemon
micranthus Nuttall...
Dendroica vigorsi...
Dentalium luchuanum
Dickey, Donald R., and A. J. Van
Rossem. Two New Pigeons
from Salvador eso
Drake, Carl J., and Halbert M.
Harris. Notes on American
Anthocoridae with Descrip-
tions of New Forms..................
Dyssodia concinna.............-...--..-------

Hgletes viscosa...........-.-------------------
Emarginula imaizumi......................
var.? imella......

ee B. W. Seals and Sea
Lions of California and Mexi-

Conservation of the Fish-
eries of the Pacific................

Ewing, H. E. The Common Box-
Turtle, a Natural Host for
Chigzerss2ne nee aaa

F
Fairchild, Account of a Trip

ona the Old World Tropics
Felis centralis.........---------------.---
(Catopuma) melli___..._.....
temmincki badiodorsalis

Fish, H. D. A Canoe Trip through
British Guiana

Gidley, J. W. Fossil Man Associ-
ated with the Mammoth in
Florida: new Evidence of the
Antiquity of Man in America

Gilmore, C.W. Remarks on Fos-
eal Tracks from the Grand

Galanin f. A. The Snowy Owl in
the State of Washington........

19-20

x
143
143
143

x

vii

148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington.

Goldman, E. A. The Collared
Peccaries of Middle America...
A New Kangaroo Mouse
fromNevada
Gross, A.O. The threatened Ex-
tinction of the Heath Hen on
Martha’s Vineyard................-.
The Jungle Life of Panama
Gymnanthes texana.....................-.-

Harris, Halbert M. (See Drake
and Harris.)

Helminthophis flavoterminatus......

Hirundo erythrogastra.............---.---

Hitchcock, A. S. The Grasses of
Alaska, their Distribution

and Relationship.._..................
The Life of Aimé Bon-

Hottes, F.C. Two New Species of
Aphididae from Minnesota...
Two New Genera and a
New Species of Aphididae...
Howard, L. O. Control of the
Opuntia Pest in Australia by
Mealy bugs teenie
Howell, A. Brazier Three New
Mammals from China.............-
A New Name for Felis
(Catopuma) melli Matschie,
and Note on the Nomencla-
ture of Felis pardalis centralis
onnbergisi2) 2 ete cakes io ee
Huey, Laurence M. A New Race
of Citellus tereticaudus from
Lower California.................-...
The Description of a New
Subspecies of Perognathus
from Lower California with a
short Discussion of the Taxo-
nomic Position of other Pen-
insular Members of this Genus
A New Perognathus from
the Vicinity of Mount Pinos,
Kern County, California........
Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens....

I

International Rules of Zoological
Nomenclature.......
Ischnochiton melinus... Be

J

John, Oscar. Termes (Odontoter-
mes) praevalens, a New Name
for O. robustus Jhn__...__..._.-..

Johnson, D. S. The Blue Moun-
tains of Jamaica and their
Vegetations ee

Kalmbach, E. R. Blackbirds vs.
Rice in Louisiana.....................-

Lasiochiloides socialis..................-...
Lasiochilus comitialis....

47-50
127-128
ix

ix
135

123
141

vii

viii
145

111-114
115-120

x

137-140

143

29-30

67-70

121-122
141

Lasiocolpus minot............--...--...-.---- 37
Leach, G. C. Trout Propagation
by the Bureau of Fisheries... x
Lennoa caerulea.........----.------------------
Leptotila fulviventris bangsi________.
Leucotermes............-.---------------
aureus...

3,4

ceylonicus.
celarki
convexinotatus...

eee winked of
philippinensis..
platycephalus..

validus.......... Me

Liabum hypoleucum.._.................-..-
Lincoln, F. C. The Migration of
Young Herring Gulls...._.........
Some Notes on the Birds
of the Washington, D. C.,

He CO Co CO Co CO GO Co Co CO Co GC Gn Co Go GC

—
is

isp

Regio Te) Vee Ses eA
Lifting Power of the Mal-
| No LiL a aa NEA es Uy Mea ae SE SEIN
Liocichla omeiensis.
Liotia langfordi........_...
Listroderes apicalis_
obliquus........
Lithobiid aes 22 oe AV as
M
Macrotracheliella laevis var. flori-

Gaia tee ea a ee 37
Mallard___.......... 142
Malperia tenuis 145
Margarites grosvenori...........__....-_- 59
McAtee, W. L. (See Palmer and

McAtee.)

Megophrys minor............---------------- 53
Mieredipodeps megacephalus luci- ee
Mitchell, G. F. The Story of Tea x
Mitra nakama.._.__....------..--.--.---.-- 64

satsumae.....___. 63
Monoptilon bellioides 145
Murie, O. J. On the Trail of the

Big Brown Bear in Alaska... Vii
Myiothera loricata...............----.-.-.-.-- 141
Myotis hirsutus....... 139

sowerbyi 138
N
Nasutitermes benjamini_......... 143
Nelson, E. W. Two New Birds

from Mexico 105-108

Neosymydobius albasiphus 111
chrysolepis 111
mimicus 111

Neothomasia abditus 112

oO

Oberholser, H. C. Curious Be-
havior of an English Spar-

Description of a.
Oriolus from the Nicobar

Tslamdatc.) Woe ee ee eee 31-32
Odontotermes robustus........... 143
Oriolus maculatus eustictus 31

Orleman, M. B.
Orleman.)

(See Stiles and

P

Palmer, T. S. Announcement of
the Sixth International Or-
nithological Congress..............

Note on the Death of the
Wintering Brazilian Cardinal

——— Spring Appearance of the

Boxphurtles eee eee
The “Pare Nacional AI-
Bertie aceee ee sree ee NLA ii

Occurrence of the Snowy
Owl near Washington, D. C.
Palmer, T. S. and W. L. McAtee.
A List of the Publications of

crassus............
crusnigrum.
humeralis....

nigrescens...
sonoriensis......
yucatanensis..

Pentstemon micranthus.... hes
Perognathus alticola inexpectatus
arenarius albescens....._....

albulus -_.... vis
ammophilus............
arenarlus....._.-

Phalacrocorax ABCA ule Lmaiaias
Phillips, J. C. Introducing For-

eign and American birds into

Ranawjugans see ee eee
Reticulitermes...

flavipes.......

hoferi.......

lucifugus..
speratus
tibialis...
tumiceps.. aa
Raiefeaven bee
Richmond, Charles W. Note on
Myiothera loricata 8. Miiller
On the Name Phalacro-
COTAR AVAL Ae ee ao
Riley, J. H. A New Genus and
Species of Ground Warbler
from the Province of Szech-
Ciena, (Olambor es
A New Species of Liocich-
la from the Mountains of
Szechwan, China...........--.....----

Schendylidae....
Schendylotyn... out
Schendylurus] =. eee

(Schendylotyn) integer...

Index.

Schmitt, W. L. Collecting In-
vertebrates in South America
Scoloposcelis basilicus __....._. eS
discalis.............
mississippiensis__. au
occidentalis...

Snyder, T. E. Races or Sub-
species of Reticulitermes..__..
Nasutitermes (N.) ben-
jamini, a New Name for
Eutermes insularis Sjéstd......
Standley, Paul C. A New Species
of Gymnanthes from Texas....
Stejneger, Leonhard. Two New
Tailless Amphibians from
Western) © hina sae
Stiles, C. W. Typification of the
Genus Sarcoptes................-....-
Stiles, C. W., and M. B. Orleman
An Attempt to untangle Man

and the higher Apes................
Stylosanthes ingrata___.....-.-......

ARelsimy) ages uae wall
ceylonica......
emarginata..

Temnostethus fastigiatus....______.
Termes (Odontotermes) praevalens
Terrapene carolina.......................----
Tetraphleps edacis.
novitus.........
pingreensis_.
profugus.___.. ees
Mithoniasthunbereess salu
Townsend, C. W. An Ornitho-
logical Trip through the
Southern States...
Trombicula irritans.......
Turdinus marmoratus

Van Rossem, A. J.

(See Dickey
and Van Rossem.)

Verbesina parviflora___.......-.....-......

Vernonia tortuosa_...._.......-...-.-.-.---

Walker, E. P. The Wild Life of
Alaska and its Protection........
Wetmore, A. Occurrence of the
Long-eared Owl near Wash-
DTA EO TO ae
The Egg of the California
Condor laid at the Zoological

k

The 44th Meeting of the
American Ornithologists’
Union, at Ottawa...

—— Two Birds New to Mary-

land. ...._.... SN ASU
Wherry, E. T. Exploring for
Wild Flowers in the Gulf
IS tayo eee aU ee ener
Ȣ
Xenotracheliella.._........--.---..---..
inimica...
oculata...
vicaria_.._..

Xylocoris betulinus....................... eh

143
135-136

53-54

144
144

ix

ix

ix

ie
Tah

Vee

\

7
t
eh

fa or
CG

i

iy

“

gD Ai

He te 44
s) ae Pic
A Brest) | vie
‘wh BARS ORR Sey
st Sie oe iy ghey
tT ays Us”
‘ sent
At
y

iy

spe

ry Vy y AAAAAAWAAAAAA AAAABA

Eee anAannannen ln A
AAA

AAAAA : PY- AAAABAAARAAA ANA AA AAA AA WAAARA AA
: AAA ARAN Anna nana Aan ANAVAAAAAAAP AAAS AR WAAR AAA! Alaa’
: Pataannananaananninnny Be |

if

AAAAAAAAAAA, AAA) |
rane YP Me ne Be ane os

i} iA\ A

AAA iA We \ YY | { \ Al :
~\) Ar ’ a | wanna { nan anee AA |
iA A al AAAAAAZ

AAA A AAA PAA AAA Aan

| 1 INA /

VY WWW YW | | | |
anAPR ral Rf y
IAAA\Ay VAN AIAAAAAAAVAAAVAA A ary Waals
AARAAAANAAAAAARAAAAINAa Aa! j | a AA!
AIAAAIA AW-NAVWAAY a aaa Yi la\ ! / va AR VEN a\PN ' AAA)
AINA Ao ni mARAAaAnn. aan AAA ARNARaaaaaRama| :
Vi y © al) iV yy \ \ { : BAAAAAAAA } } 1 4

Y py

>

=

\

VEN _\

\ Ms lay | a \ S
. \, \ J |
A \ \ a

le
i AGS)
i 4 Hit i } 4 Nd)
AR
J\\ WINS

\
j j
RR Sf
H Ned et)

/ j y 1 iret = | IA y, | hf 7 \\* 4 hf
f J =A ] | . = ft f| A / i) |)
/ y i 5 y\ ; Y J) Fn din
4) | j\ A\ A A) A i ISK AS \— Ng a Md A ed VGN AINA |
fi i ‘ey ) — iN >, jis N\—4 INOT\ cotl Tl nett Nie tN Ne i J we) \ — ARN AINA A | N=, | M=4 J
NS |e AS NS INA wre Q Siiy 7's Nc |\ Ii Need A ANd iat \ ME | ve), ISAC IMININISS
VA ISINS y hs) INO) NAN PG) ADPDASASoww ViVi |S iN}
| \ Af Yoel) EY ae ( had be | . \ SAN af SA AST os ~ ii
\ \ | eS WW) } } PEA) \ z i}

==

|
‘l ies € x
NG ji j i} ~~

|
I9gd 43

Ns

Nhe

lied |
es |

e

| ;
‘ f | | 2 g |
- s KE ; 4 } f w WA) J \ ] Led iX
} { Neff \ ef}! gy it hz} A FX X ella | ES ft %
} } | \ ] 1 Ned NG NY) j js lS x i | | ded ' ~ eset
| j\ I | pel’) I NIN Af AO NG RORY). AARAS) | I ecey fh A Ney A Nee WAAL \ ~ wa a) 7)
i f\ / ‘ao Aiy—4 A aN ! =4) | \ i A eh i ~ \ i It S41 \~ 4 web
he Alec AM A Ah a ee Ns BNI, OI NS 7} had A eee : wey we } WWA\ Ti ii we
WN 4i j h Al Ari } = KY) } } } i he i; \ Ae Bh, Ae.
J | i I | \ d ‘ i t \ Sii=A\ lace | 7 ED | ED |,
| = A I | l | \ i Ii \ afl Nr \ ae hy i = i Jy.
- ag 1 N ! if ji\ NANG fi a; & ve = |\
feed / 4 q 4 J j q Al EN ASAIN AINA AN ENS A SB NS oe L f= ANS

AAS Lf el GS NG | RONAN SILT INS AYA). A eI)
\=\= | j\=4 Ne S|) Ww = = a
a ws H i NS f r \\ AY eA. } |
i 4\ } KL ] “4 \ Zh Are 44 | a AN | ] I i i
Ld } a AU UA ON DS ) SF) Nd = jt \ | | i | |
| ; r i \ AN | rh a | = 4 } y ] | h- ft Jt y | fi } } I
i g es | | v Lois I NS |S AKA yi {ee j |
} f Hi \\ \ad } TMS —J\—y = 4 i | ted 7h 4 ~ & beg: od | | y _— I J AL f 1 rhe.
\ i\ | i y y - \ \ - — A td tet
| \ A\ol Nel LL | B @ | | | \ iy | j
NO NAN \ he \ i iw A ‘ \ x / N Fh . >
i\ 1 Nad Ned)

iy

|

j\F\
Ai

te!

/|
l

A AKAN A SAARI AC ANAT
RAIN INCA RA S| ined IIS

ft\
{|

Ny
i,

‘Ai

| | Naa

| (a

i) 4 y

NAN JEN
= |

ii,

/
NZ / ey iy Ne

4

p f= =:
nad }
Vuivy

i

,
hy
Bis a el | |
Wed i
JOG ALY

\
} /
R 3 f
Ss |
]
\

Vt \Al\ \e\\ \
“ AI =

he
¥

|

J | t
Ne
wy

Mi

WAVY
(hdd
ASS

di
wee
\S Nef A
x WA AASK MY

|
|

“Ah waa? Ua et ed Hoos iy pt * te dy hea Del dedlesnaveny ti vee Haa ky ” hi .
‘ef Hh ha HAA IMER CHE MPM Meh biotite ; ah u t
‘ur PVE Nw peel Le Ke diehine felt i fh Ai j
Aen Viet EI WL ede ee aE he q ) \
DIR ATR RT ARR MMC AERU VOIR GE Hak eah atta SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
De beh) PO arb erg ewe ih yy j= Woh Mele “alte Veale ty v
H { Weiner
HUME OE HUW ENT een be Hide bemhn MEET benehtiveneh ib i city fraiten Ay bs
PNA Me BEA NI Ad cH elit eal hAyS Me NA ENV Mhed{ e844) dhe teal fuetitan Lateaie MUSE Aenb ibid i
DMs Aimer nye AeA eA bare fy avin nt Pepe ete ivttares Aswigeye
a OSH KEE Hib due diedenar ety Hales Meteihieh tien
relied ee Woveeayiyrer ie fie ewe aye
baw fietie Ieefle sli (eal rads shicabedie dasa Aijieh aa LICE H
Uiileba aye Hepa DENA ty Weis Pi) iy
nay Fed 9) Annie : PME HC berate,
LU TM MEW POI MAM UE o4) whl OCOD h 1 Hehehe ent dew ;
Heh iaiel dieiae Mee ie hee UrNbnine iene Head ahebedivennd tek
Hear Me es ame NeHE NEAL & MEM MEpeM heap He bade ice dial moar: waite digs Hy iyohstee aya dee r »
SHE strona iyi Me ATRL Heap sion sh Maa flea j Aine TKH MHL TA i ii t j
vin AEH Mae tde mutate he Hi Hedy alehenep dlcshstiean ys 4 i ‘ef es My TET Sie § et Y
NOPE OLL bares anit flea edb ed hed yme fledw hi ieuel siphbisaadie dud en Hee ae le hAts wily fied ‘ i fiter
Hold ee MM Re re LLEHb ib hed Ne ECE NEE LTE Sede fen telity hate ‘ 1 We the pe wiy depey Vii f i 1
NURS Pees ee eat eT ehiediesle desi suelisavaiesiaedfaye ( ‘ Wf Wy Ih] D ! H ‘
NeiabMresear Ae Lae igd alse asta tae Ar ilenn a iieie hed t ib FN Hip pee a heidtd { ’ i
NREL OEE MMA eM Mena MED eH IO Belted baeiesteituened t fp H Neh esi" ' 4
Henn Metis theca fuaeby ai ote LPC Nene se Te VLAN ENED Nhe Si eels ‘ Bedi) J ' ‘
eae HULA eb raled A One meitehel be iearh el HiKellefieue Peaks { } " : 1
ASA TEN WHERE a Ten Mien? Meare AE Aehen a NEAR TCA: elise y \ if ' i sh
Field ediols fe maiaialy bdveupelicnen aay dah cal Hee non ane) nt ae .
A orien a / Tiel Mebhe Nell dipedte y Y t ' ‘
| Hiaita \aireiea tert . ‘ Biieh sh! ny ' ‘ { i HY
New eon atin tiley NEI, i (Aa (a t ‘ vi i if
(t pene t eee eh Mosh LT hel edit hie jhe, r} ep ;
id Pyne f area i 1Y be i H ji r Hie t
net Sih lisipey) Feshiet rt tahedie Oi ay (es rt mv ;
Sait Uaeiineyer H NSUFVAa f Rena eateny h i ' ji ( {
Fake Ob ony “ ' { ral ai Vy Wee Ae he Bi led \ , ‘ i 1 b 4 veal)
i fennel t weil i edieteg th Aba ‘ Haat Seat 2
sbi Meslenee, i {i 8 ' ¢ fipay> wy \ LU {
, t icles te hires ft ? Ys hy ; 1 ) latiyey \
ape He Stet n A i i ( j ;
Minera 1 M Neen ed Yop a i B f f ‘ i ‘
feat h ' Perey Aa beh te i Faas ren {
weenie HeMeNen ty bill t t i
fini wha i Nie § m4 Vii way BARRY
Bilt { ats 1 ibs ‘1
, i a {
Waey Le Unita) i , 4
iG Aiba Fa See Oraeidi ' \ te rt tiel (
eee tle | i AAs \ (an
yeu Arrant M ;
EVO ea Ra) ne iy i | Vent 1
‘ , Qh
LAA Oe i eM AT Lay redneip aie): \ ) I \ i ty “
DAN UT PI Feral aahe Hy Y
MHDS ALL EW AR Meitilieh ey Hii tal al bf tah 4 i :
PRESTO ROT PUTER HUTTE Neuen, aD , h } may
Ov Wori te aleui ell paeh aubal ase Uebimul ur ied uw HW
Lande ie ee ea ten es Rat Le wvenedel NST ATR ( ( ‘
ACA nw Waly ; \
h. AUER POUT EMONT AGRE AAT by, " 4 }' stb Le ¥ Mi \ ‘
UOT Gear eUaatee UeKeie 4 4 t ih he
Un lieeus ital y i i \ i U
Wiel ad (nie ‘ i t ; {
EATS ECOL EES gis Net t ' t wo i} ' ‘
PEN RU WEAR ENTE Cie b ie IVE Lil) \ ( Qilie f } { f
Pi Alsi Na te dy Wb AF LAV/AN ALS Bie (Whiette Ue ie) j Wilt j ig Tht
MALU NEL behenielen\unedehey \ j \ it hy Nib
ANU MEP/QLAN aE Aegtenth pie uel i v4 wy ' ir \ i H j
Hs Weal AMiph HEN cdlaveaiealen eatin ANA f Wella vel sty
LE WAAL” gLPNIL YL y i i i ‘ { i
CINE DEIR iis iis ee ileal sie Lies Nuen , URS \ i t wid fehey Wt i we
Weve UMeaninien ip ieee neNt hae AWe lars iS WA ArT etd Whine Ny Vero Arey f i 1
FU ecea aio i WEA rainy si iiKifel ei at heyy BAM ed Wet Web ney i iby
WORE YC alee e Yee te MUA EVEL SWOT EE! ATR Helin eat Ue dy eden Heed AGS EAC ei Weal Hea e Me Dee UT by Wary { :
{i sia Vee ae yy: Hey eeu WAG iid PISA Cas Vi EO TT ar tetenit j {
HA Ae ALES BA iets CeyiRii ote Ubu tie Gly Walid nein KY FANE TAMIA b } p Web at is) i i ‘
WMNENEISeLUE jeu egiel ST PPEICATES STS i TY ante Ek HAR Leon Le Dba TPO CAT TP CRU TL IEA TPy Pet AMT Hf